Import Upstream version 1.0pre7

ABOUT-NLS

@@ -0,0 +1,324 @@
+Notes on the Free Translation Project
+*************************************
+
+   Free software is going international!  The Free Translation Project
+is a way to get maintainers of free software, translators, and users all
+together, so that will gradually become able to speak many languages.
+A few packages already provide translations for their messages.
+
+   If you found this `ABOUT-NLS' file inside a distribution, you may
+assume that the distributed package does use GNU `gettext' internally,
+itself available at your nearest GNU archive site.  But you do _not_
+need to install GNU `gettext' prior to configuring, installing or using
+this package with messages translated.
+
+   Installers will find here some useful hints.  These notes also
+explain how users should proceed for getting the programs to use the
+available translations.  They tell how people wanting to contribute and
+work at translations should contact the appropriate team.
+
+   When reporting bugs in the `intl/' directory or bugs which may be
+related to internationalization, you should tell about the version of
+`gettext' which is used.  The information can be found in the
+`intl/VERSION' file, in internationalized packages.
+
+Quick configuration advice
+==========================
+
+   If you want to exploit the full power of internationalization, you
+should configure it using
+
+     ./configure --with-included-gettext
+
+to force usage of internationalizing routines provided within this
+package, despite the existence of internationalizing capabilities in the
+operating system where this package is being installed.  So far, only
+the `gettext' implementation in the GNU C library version 2 provides as
+many features (such as locale alias, message inheritance, automatic
+charset conversion or plural form handling) as the implementation here.
+It is also not possible to offer this additional functionality on top
+of a `catgets' implementation.  Future versions of GNU `gettext' will
+very likely convey even more functionality.  So it might be a good idea
+to change to GNU `gettext' as soon as possible.
+
+   So you need _not_ provide this option if you are using GNU libc 2 or
+you have installed a recent copy of the GNU gettext package with the
+included `libintl'.
+
+INSTALL Matters
+===============
+
+   Some packages are "localizable" when properly installed; the
+programs they contain can be made to speak your own native language.
+Most such packages use GNU `gettext'.  Other packages have their own
+ways to internationalization, predating GNU `gettext'.
+
+   By default, this package will be installed to allow translation of
+messages.  It will automatically detect whether the system already
+provides the GNU `gettext' functions.  If not, the GNU `gettext' own
+library will be used.  This library is wholly contained within this
+package, usually in the `intl/' subdirectory, so prior installation of
+the GNU `gettext' package is _not_ required.  Installers may use
+special options at configuration time for changing the default
+behaviour.  The commands:
+
+     ./configure --with-included-gettext
+     ./configure --disable-nls
+
+will respectively bypass any pre-existing `gettext' to use the
+internationalizing routines provided within this package, or else,
+_totally_ disable translation of messages.
+
+   When you already have GNU `gettext' installed on your system and run
+configure without an option for your new package, `configure' will
+probably detect the previously built and installed `libintl.a' file and
+will decide to use this.  This might be not what is desirable.  You
+should use the more recent version of the GNU `gettext' library.  I.e.
+if the file `intl/VERSION' shows that the library which comes with this
+package is more recent, you should use
+
+     ./configure --with-included-gettext
+
+to prevent auto-detection.
+
+   The configuration process will not test for the `catgets' function
+and therefore it will not be used.  The reason is that even an
+emulation of `gettext' on top of `catgets' could not provide all the
+extensions of the GNU `gettext' library.
+
+   Internationalized packages have usually many `po/LL.po' files, where
+LL gives an ISO 639 two-letter code identifying the language.  Unless
+translations have been forbidden at `configure' time by using the
+`--disable-nls' switch, all available translations are installed
+together with the package.  However, the environment variable `LINGUAS'
+may be set, prior to configuration, to limit the installed set.
+`LINGUAS' should then contain a space separated list of two-letter
+codes, stating which languages are allowed.
+
+Using This Package
+==================
+
+   As a user, if your language has been installed for this package, you
+only have to set the `LANG' environment variable to the appropriate
+`LL_CC' combination.  Here `LL' is an ISO 639 two-letter language code,
+and `CC' is an ISO 3166 two-letter country code.  For example, let's
+suppose that you speak German and live in Germany.  At the shell
+prompt, merely execute `setenv LANG de_DE' (in `csh'),
+`export LANG; LANG=de_DE' (in `sh') or `export LANG=de_DE' (in `bash').
+This can be done from your `.login' or `.profile' file, once and for
+all.
+
+   You might think that the country code specification is redundant.
+But in fact, some languages have dialects in different countries.  For
+example, `de_AT' is used for Austria, and `pt_BR' for Brazil.  The
+country code serves to distinguish the dialects.
+
+   Not all programs have translations for all languages.  By default, an
+English message is shown in place of a nonexistent translation.  If you
+understand other languages, you can set up a priority list of languages.
+This is done through a different environment variable, called
+`LANGUAGE'.  GNU `gettext' gives preference to `LANGUAGE' over `LANG'
+for the purpose of message handling, but you still need to have `LANG'
+set to the primary language; this is required by other parts of the
+system libraries.  For example, some Swedish users who would rather
+read translations in German than English for when Swedish is not
+available, set `LANGUAGE' to `sv:de' while leaving `LANG' to `sv_SE'.
+
+   In the `LANGUAGE' environment variable, but not in the `LANG'
+environment variable, `LL_CC' combinations can be abbreviated as `LL'
+to denote the language's main dialect.  For example, `de' is equivalent
+to `de_DE' (German as spoken in Germany), and `pt' to `pt_PT'
+(Portuguese as spoken in Portugal) in this context.
+
+Translating Teams
+=================
+
+   For the Free Translation Project to be a success, we need interested
+people who like their own language and write it well, and who are also
+able to synergize with other translators speaking the same language.
+Each translation team has its own mailing list.  The up-to-date list of
+teams can be found at the Free Translation Project's homepage,
+`http://www.iro.umontreal.ca/contrib/po/HTML/', in the "National teams"
+area.
+
+   If you'd like to volunteer to _work_ at translating messages, you
+should become a member of the translating team for your own language.
+The subscribing address is _not_ the same as the list itself, it has
+`-request' appended.  For example, speakers of Swedish can send a
+message to `sv-request@li.org', having this message body:
+
+     subscribe
+
+   Keep in mind that team members are expected to participate
+_actively_ in translations, or at solving translational difficulties,
+rather than merely lurking around.  If your team does not exist yet and
+you want to start one, or if you are unsure about what to do or how to
+get started, please write to `translation@iro.umontreal.ca' to reach the
+coordinator for all translator teams.
+
+   The English team is special.  It works at improving and uniformizing
+the terminology in use.  Proven linguistic skill are praised more than
+programming skill, here.
+
+Available Packages
+==================
+
+   Languages are not equally supported in all packages.  The following
+matrix shows the current state of internationalization, as of September
+2001.  The matrix shows, in regard of each package, for which languages
+PO files have been submitted to translation coordination, with a
+translation percentage of at least 50%.
+
+     Ready PO files    bg cs da de el en eo es et fi fr gl he hr id it ja
+                     +----------------------------------------------------+
+     a2ps            |          []             []    []                   |
+     bash            |          []       [] []       []                   |
+     bfd             |                                                    |
+     binutils        |                               []                   |
+     bison           |          []          [] []    []                [] |
+     clisp           |          []    []    []       []                   |
+     cpio            |       [] []          []       [] []                |
+     diffutils       |       [] []       [] []       [] []       []       |
+     enscript        |          []                   []                   |
+     error           |                      []       []                   |
+     fetchmail       |                                                    |
+     fileutils       |    [] [] [] []       []       [] []             [] |
+     findutils       |       [] []          [] []    [] []       [] []    |
+     flex            |       []             []       []                   |
+     freetype        |                                                    |
+     gas             |                                                    |
+     gawk            |                               []    []             |
+     gcal            |                                                    |
+     gcc             |                                                    |
+     gettext         |    [] [] [] []       []       [] []       [] [] [] |
+     gnupg           |          []       []    []    [] []          [] [] |
+     gprof           |                                                    |
+     grep            |    []    []       [] [] []    [] []          []    |
+     hello           |       [] [] []    [] [] [] [] [] []          [] [] |
+     id-utils        |       [] []                   []                   |
+     indent          |       [] []             []    [] []                |
+     jpilot          |                               []                   |
+     kbd             |                                                    |
+     ld              |                               []                   |
+     libc            |    [] [] [] []       []       [] []             [] |
+     lilypond        |                                                 [] |
+     lynx            |    [] [] []                                     [] |
+     m4              |    [] [] [] []                [] []       []    [] |
+     make            |       [] []          []       [] []             [] |
+     mysecretdiary   |          []                                        |
+     nano            |                      []          []       []       |
+     opcodes         |                                                    |
+     parted          |          []                      []             [] |
+     ptx             |       [] []          [] []    [] []       []       |
+     python          |                                                    |
+     recode          |       [] [] []    [] []       [] [] []       []    |
+     sed             |    [] [] [] []    []    []    [] [] []    [] [] [] |
+     sh-utils        |    [] [] [] []       [] []    [] []          [] [] |
+     sharutils       |    [] [] [] []       []       [] []             [] |
+     sketch          |                                                    |
+     soundtracker    |          []          []          []                |
+     sp              |                                                    |
+     tar             |    [] [] []          [] []    []             [] [] |
+     texinfo         |    [] [] []       []          []                [] |
+     textutils       |    [] [] [] []       []       [] []             [] |
+     util-linux      |    [] []                                           |
+     wdiff           |       [] []             []                         |
+     wget            |    [] [] [] []       [] []    [] [] []          [] |
+                     +----------------------------------------------------+
+                       bg cs da de el en eo es et fi fr gl he hr id it ja
+                        0 14 24 32 11  1  8 23 13  1 33 22  4  0  7  9 18
+     
+                       ko lv nb nl nn no pl pt pt_BR ru sk sl sv tr uk zh
+                     +----------------------------------------------------+
+     a2ps            |          []                   []    []             |  6
+     bash            |                                                    |  4
+     bfd             |                                                    |  0
+     binutils        |                                                    |  1
+     bison           |                               []                   |  6
+     clisp           |          []                                        |  5
+     cpio            | []       []       []     []   []                   | 10
+     diffutils       |                   []          []       [] []       | 11
+     enscript        |          []              []   []                   |  5
+     error           |                                  []       []       |  4
+     fetchmail       |                                                    |  0
+     fileutils       | []       []       []     []   [] [] [] [] []       | 17
+     findutils       | []       []       []     []   []    [] [] []       | 16
+     flex            | []                            []       []          |  6
+     freetype        |                                                    |  0
+     gas             |                                                    |  0
+     gawk            |                                           []       |  3
+     gcal            |                                                    |  0
+     gcc             |                                                    |  0
+     gettext         | []                []     []   []    [] [] []    [] | 18
+     gnupg           |                   []                   [] []       | 10
+     gprof           |                                                    |  0
+     grep            |                   []                [] [] []       | 12
+     hello           | [] [] [] []    [] []          [] []    [] [] []    | 22
+     id-utils        |          []                   []       []          |  6
+     indent          | []       []       []          [] []    [] []       | 12
+     jpilot          |                                                    |  1
+     kbd             |                                           []       |  1
+     ld              |                                                    |  1
+     libc            | []    []       [] []     []      []    [] []       | 16
+     lilypond        |          []                            []          |  3
+     lynx            |          []              []   []       []          |  8
+     m4              |          []       []          []       []          | 12
+     make            | []       []       []     []   []          []       | 12
+     mysecretdiary   |                                                    |  1
+     nano            |                                        []          |  4
+     opcodes         |                                           []       |  1
+     parted          |          []                   []                   |  5
+     ptx             |       [] []    [] [] []       []       [] []       | 15
+     python          |                                                    |  0
+     recode          |                   []          []    [] []          | 13
+     sed             |          []              []   [] [] [] [] []       | 19
+     sh-utils        |       [] []    [] []     []   [] [] [] [] []    [] | 21
+     sharutils       |          []                   []       []          | 11
+     sketch          |                                                    |  0
+     soundtracker    |                                                    |  3
+     sp              |                                                    |  0
+     tar             |       []       [] []     []         [] [] []       | 15
+     texinfo         |                               []                   |  7
+     textutils       |       [] []    [] []     []   [] [] []             | 16
+     util-linux      |                          []               []       |  4
+     wdiff           |                               [] []    [] []       |  7
+     wget            |          []                   [] [] [] [] [] []    | 17
+                     +----------------------------------------------------+
+       33 teams        ko lv nb nl nn no pl pt pt_BR ru sk sl sv tr uk zh
+       53 domains       9  1  6 20  0  6 17  1  13   25 10 11 23 21  2  2  387
+
+   Some counters in the preceding matrix are higher than the number of
+visible blocks let us expect.  This is because a few extra PO files are
+used for implementing regional variants of languages, or language
+dialects.
+
+   For a PO file in the matrix above to be effective, the package to
+which it applies should also have been internationalized and
+distributed as such by its maintainer.  There might be an observable
+lag between the mere existence a PO file and its wide availability in a
+distribution.
+
+   If September 2001 seems to be old, you may fetch a more recent copy
+of this `ABOUT-NLS' file on most GNU archive sites.  The most
+up-to-date matrix with full percentage details can be found at
+`http://www.iro.umontreal.ca/contrib/po/HTML/matrix.html'.
+
+Using `gettext' in new packages
+===============================
+
+   If you are writing a freely available program and want to
+internationalize it you are welcome to use GNU `gettext' in your
+package.  Of course you have to respect the GNU Library General Public
+License which covers the use of the GNU `gettext' library.  This means
+in particular that even non-free programs can use `libintl' as a shared
+library, whereas only free software can use `libintl' as a static
+library or use modified versions of `libintl'.
+
+   Once the sources are changed appropriately and the setup can handle
+to use of `gettext' the only thing missing are the translations.  The
+Free Translation Project is also available for packages which are not
+developed inside the GNU project.  Therefore the information given above
+applies also for every other Free Software Project.  Contact
+`translation@iro.umontreal.ca' to make the `.pot' files available to
+the translation teams.
+

AUTHORS

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+Main tinc authors:
+Guus Sliepen <guus@sliepen.warande.net>
+Ivo Timmermans <itimmermans@bigfoot.com>
+
+These files are from other sources:
+ * lib/pidfile.h and lib/pidfile.c are by Martin Schulze, taken from
+ the syslog 1.3 sources.
+
+Also some of the macro files in the directory m4, and their
+accompanying files in lib, were taken from GNU fileutils.
+
+Please see the file THANKS for more information on contributions from
+users.

COPYING

@@ -0,0 +1,339 @@
+		    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+		       Version 2, June 1991
+
+ Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+                          675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+			    Preamble
+
+  The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
+freedom to share and change it.  By contrast, the GNU General Public
+License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
+software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.  This
+General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
+Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
+using it.  (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
+the GNU Library General Public License instead.)  You can apply it to
+your programs, too.
+
+  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
+if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
+in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
+
+  To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
+anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
+These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
+distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
+
+  For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
+gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
+you have.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
+source code.  And you must show them these terms so they know their
+rights.
+
+  We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
+(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
+distribute and/or modify the software.
+
+  Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
+that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
+software.  If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
+want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
+that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
+authors' reputations.
+
+  Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
+patents.  We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
+program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
+program proprietary.  To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
+patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
+
+  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.
+
+		    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+   TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+
+  0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
+a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
+under the terms of this General Public License.  The "Program", below,
+refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
+means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
+that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
+either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
+language.  (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
+the term "modification".)  Each licensee is addressed as "you".
+
+Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
+covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of
+running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
+is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
+Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
+Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
+
+  1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
+source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
+conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
+copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
+notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
+and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
+along with the Program.
+
+You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
+you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
+
+  2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
+of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
+above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+    a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
+    stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+
+    b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
+    whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
+    part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
+    parties under the terms of this License.
+
+    c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
+    when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
+    interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
+    announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
+    notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
+    a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
+    these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
+    License.  (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
+    does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
+    the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
+
+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If
+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
+sections when you distribute them as separate works.  But when you
+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
+on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
+entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
+
+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
+collective works based on the Program.
+
+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
+with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
+the scope of this License.
+
+  3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
+under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
+Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
+
+    a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
+    source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
+    1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+    b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
+    years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
+    cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
+    machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
+    distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
+    customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+    c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
+    to distribute corresponding source code.  (This alternative is
+    allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
+    received the program in object code or executable form with such
+    an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
+
+The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
+making modifications to it.  For an executable work, complete source
+code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
+associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
+control compilation and installation of the executable.  However, as a
+special exception, the source code distributed need not include
+anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
+form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
+operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
+itself accompanies the executable.
+
+If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
+access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
+access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
+distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
+compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
+
+  4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
+except as expressly provided under this License.  Any attempt
+otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
+void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
+However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
+this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+parties remain in full compliance.
+
+  5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
+signed it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
+distribute the Program or its derivative works.  These actions are
+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.  Therefore, by
+modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
+the Program or works based on it.
+
+  6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
+original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
+these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further
+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
+this License.
+
+  7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot
+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
+may not distribute the Program at all.  For example, if a patent
+license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
+all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
+the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
+refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
+
+If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
+any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
+apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
+circumstances.
+
+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
+integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
+implemented by public license practices.  Many people have made
+generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
+system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
+to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
+impose that choice.
+
+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
+be a consequence of the rest of this License.
+
+  8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
+original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
+may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
+those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
+countries not thus excluded.  In such case, this License incorporates
+the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
+
+  9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
+of the General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
+be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+address new problems or concerns.
+
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Program
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
+later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
+either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
+Software Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of
+this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
+Foundation.
+
+  10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
+programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
+to ask for permission.  For software which is copyrighted by the Free
+Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
+make exceptions for this.  Our decision will be guided by the two goals
+of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
+of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
+
+			    NO WARRANTY
+
+  11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
+FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN
+OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
+PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
+OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS
+TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE
+PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
+REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+  12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
+REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
+INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
+OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
+TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
+YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
+PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+		     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+	Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+
+  If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
+free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+
+  To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+    <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+    Copyright (C) 19yy  <name of author>
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
+when it starts in an interactive mode:
+
+    Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author
+    Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
+    This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
+    under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
+
+The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
+parts of the General Public License.  Of course, the commands you use may
+be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
+mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
+
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
+school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
+necessary.  Here is a sample; alter the names:
+
+  Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
+  `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
+
+  <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
+  Ty Coon, President of Vice
+
+This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
+proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you may
+consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
+library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
+Public License instead of this License.

COPYING.README

@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+This program is released under the GPL with the additional exemption
+that compiling, linking, and/or using OpenSSL is allowed.  You may
+provide binary packages linked to the OpenSSL libraries, provided that
+all other requirements of the GPL are met.

INSTALL

@@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
+Basic Installation
+==================
+
+   These are generic installation instructions.
+
+   The `configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for
+various system-dependent variables used during compilation.  It uses
+those values to create a `Makefile' in each directory of the package.
+It may also create one or more `.h' files containing system-dependent
+definitions.  Finally, it creates a shell script `config.status' that
+you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, a file
+`config.cache' that saves the results of its tests to speed up
+reconfiguring, and a file `config.log' containing compiler output
+(useful mainly for debugging `configure').
+
+   If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try
+to figure out how `configure' could check whether to do them, and mail
+diffs or instructions to the address given in the `README' so they can
+be considered for the next release.  If at some point `config.cache'
+contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
+
+   The file `configure.in' is used to create `configure' by a program
+called `autoconf'.  You only need `configure.in' if you want to change
+it or regenerate `configure' using a newer version of `autoconf'.
+
+The simplest way to compile this package is:
+
+  1. `cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type
+     `./configure' to configure the package for your system.  If you're
+     using `csh' on an old version of System V, you might need to type
+     `sh ./configure' instead to prevent `csh' from trying to execute
+     `configure' itself.
+
+     Running `configure' takes awhile.  While running, it prints some
+     messages telling which features it is checking for.
+
+  2. Type `make' to compile the package.
+
+  3. Optionally, type `make check' to run any self-tests that come with
+     the package.
+
+  4. Type `make install' to install the programs and any data files and
+     documentation.
+
+  5. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the
+     source code directory by typing `make clean'.  To also remove the
+     files that `configure' created (so you can compile the package for
+     a different kind of computer), type `make distclean'.  There is
+     also a `make maintainer-clean' target, but that is intended mainly
+     for the package's developers.  If you use it, you may have to get
+     all sorts of other programs in order to regenerate files that came
+     with the distribution.
+
+Compilers and Options
+=====================
+
+   Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that
+the `configure' script does not know about.  You can give `configure'
+initial values for variables by setting them in the environment.  Using
+a Bourne-compatible shell, you can do that on the command line like
+this:
+     CC=c89 CFLAGS=-O2 LIBS=-lposix ./configure
+
+Or on systems that have the `env' program, you can do it like this:
+     env CPPFLAGS=-I/usr/local/include LDFLAGS=-s ./configure
+
+Compiling For Multiple Architectures
+====================================
+
+   You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the
+same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their
+own directory.  To do this, you must use a version of `make' that
+supports the `VPATH' variable, such as GNU `make'.  `cd' to the
+directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run
+the `configure' script.  `configure' automatically checks for the
+source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'.
+
+   If you have to use a `make' that does not supports the `VPATH'
+variable, you have to compile the package for one architecture at a time
+in the source code directory.  After you have installed the package for
+one architecture, use `make distclean' before reconfiguring for another
+architecture.
+
+Installation Names
+==================
+
+   By default, `make install' will install the package's files in
+`/usr/local/bin', `/usr/local/man', etc.  You can specify an
+installation prefix other than `/usr/local' by giving `configure' the
+option `--prefix=PATH'.
+
+   You can specify separate installation prefixes for
+architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files.  If you
+give `configure' the option `--exec-prefix=PATH', the package will use
+PATH as the prefix for installing programs and libraries.
+Documentation and other data files will still use the regular prefix.
+
+   In addition, if you use an unusual directory layout you can give
+options like `--bindir=PATH' to specify different values for particular
+kinds of files.  Run `configure --help' for a list of the directories
+you can set and what kinds of files go in them.
+
+   If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed
+with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving `configure' the
+option `--program-prefix=PREFIX' or `--program-suffix=SUFFIX'.
+
+Optional Features
+=================
+
+   Some packages pay attention to `--enable-FEATURE' options to
+`configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package.
+They may also pay attention to `--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE
+is something like `gnu-as' or `x' (for the X Window System).  The
+`README' should mention any `--enable-' and `--with-' options that the
+package recognizes.
+
+   For packages that use the X Window System, `configure' can usually
+find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't,
+you can use the `configure' options `--x-includes=DIR' and
+`--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations.
+
+Specifying the System Type
+==========================
+
+   There may be some features `configure' can not figure out
+automatically, but needs to determine by the type of host the package
+will run on.  Usually `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints
+a message saying it can not guess the host type, give it the
+`--host=TYPE' option.  TYPE can either be a short name for the system
+type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name with three fields:
+     CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM
+
+See the file `config.sub' for the possible values of each field.  If
+`config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't
+need to know the host type.
+
+   If you are building compiler tools for cross-compiling, you can also
+use the `--target=TYPE' option to select the type of system they will
+produce code for and the `--build=TYPE' option to select the type of
+system on which you are compiling the package.
+
+Sharing Defaults
+================
+
+   If you want to set default values for `configure' scripts to share,
+you can create a site shell script called `config.site' that gives
+default values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'.
+`configure' looks for `PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then
+`PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists.  Or, you can set the
+`CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script.
+A warning: not all `configure' scripts look for a site script.
+
+Operation Controls
+==================
+
+   `configure' recognizes the following options to control how it
+operates.
+
+`--cache-file=FILE'
+     Use and save the results of the tests in FILE instead of
+     `./config.cache'.  Set FILE to `/dev/null' to disable caching, for
+     debugging `configure'.
+
+`--help'
+     Print a summary of the options to `configure', and exit.
+
+`--quiet'
+`--silent'
+`-q'
+     Do not print messages saying which checks are being made.  To
+     suppress all normal output, redirect it to `/dev/null' (any error
+     messages will still be shown).
+
+`--srcdir=DIR'
+     Look for the package's source code in directory DIR.  Usually
+     `configure' can determine that directory automatically.
+
+`--version'
+     Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the `configure'
+     script, and exit.
+
+`configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options.

Makefile.am

@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+## Process this file with automake to get Makefile.in
+
+AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = gnu
+
+SUBDIRS = m4 intl lib src doc po
+
+ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS =
+
+EXTRA_DIST = system.h COPYING.README depcomp
+
+CVS_CREATED = ABOUT-NLS configure aclocal.m4 config.h.in config.guess \
+ config.sub install-sh ltconfig ltmain.sh missing mkinstalldirs \
+ stamp-h.in m4/Makefile.am ChangeLog po/Makefile.in.in \
+ po/tinc.pot src/.libs intl depcomp
+
+ChangeLog:
+	cvs2cl -U cvsusers --fsf
+
+cvs-clean: maintainer-clean
+	for f in $(CVS_CREATED) `find . -name Makefile.in` tinc-$(VERSION).tar.gz; do\
+	  rm -Rf "$$f"; \
+	done
+
+deb:
+	dpkg-buildpackage -rfakeroot
+
+rpm: dist
+	cp $(distdir).tar.gz /usr/src/redhat/SOURCES/
+	cp redhat/tinc.spec /usr/src/redhat/SOURCES/
+	cd /usr/src/redhat/SOURCES/ && rpm -bb tinc.spec
+
+release:
+	rm -f ChangeLog
+	$(MAKE) ChangeLog
+	echo "Please edit the NEWS file now..."
+	/usr/bin/editor NEWS
+	$(MAKE) dist

Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,460 @@
+# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.5 from Makefile.am.
+
+# Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+@SET_MAKE@
+
+SHELL = @SHELL@
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+
+bindir = @bindir@
+sbindir = @sbindir@
+libexecdir = @libexecdir@
+datadir = @datadir@
+sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
+sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
+localstatedir = @localstatedir@
+libdir = @libdir@
+infodir = @infodir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+oldincludedir = /usr/include
+pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
+top_builddir = .
+
+ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
+transform = @program_transform_name@
+NORMAL_INSTALL = :
+PRE_INSTALL = :
+POST_INSTALL = :
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
+PRE_UNINSTALL = :
+POST_UNINSTALL = :
+host_alias = @host_alias@
+host_triplet = @host@
+AMTAR = @AMTAR@
+AWK = @AWK@
+BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
+CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
+CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@
+CC = @CC@
+CPP = @CPP@
+DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@
+DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
+EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
+GENCAT = @GENCAT@
+GLIBC21 = @GLIBC21@
+GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
+GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
+HAVE_TUNTAP = @HAVE_TUNTAP@
+INCLUDES = @INCLUDES@
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
+INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@
+INTLBISON = @INTLBISON@
+INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
+INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@
+INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@
+LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
+LINUX_IF_TUN_H = @LINUX_IF_TUN_H@
+LN_S = @LN_S@
+MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
+MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
+OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+PERL = @PERL@
+POFILES = @POFILES@
+POSUB = @POSUB@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
+USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+am__include = @am__include@
+am__quote = @am__quote@
+install_sh = @install_sh@
+
+AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = gnu
+
+SUBDIRS = m4 intl lib src doc po
+
+ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = 
+
+EXTRA_DIST = system.h COPYING.README depcomp
+
+CVS_CREATED = ABOUT-NLS configure aclocal.m4 config.h.in config.guess \
+ config.sub install-sh ltconfig ltmain.sh missing mkinstalldirs \
+ stamp-h.in m4/Makefile.am ChangeLog po/Makefile.in.in \
+ po/tinc.pot src/.libs intl depcomp
+
+subdir = .
+ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
+mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
+CONFIG_HEADER = config.h
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = intl/Makefile
+DIST_SOURCES =
+
+RECURSIVE_TARGETS = info-recursive dvi-recursive install-info-recursive \
+	uninstall-info-recursive all-recursive install-data-recursive \
+	install-exec-recursive installdirs-recursive install-recursive \
+	uninstall-recursive check-recursive installcheck-recursive
+DIST_COMMON = README ./stamp-h.in ABOUT-NLS AUTHORS COPYING ChangeLog \
+	INSTALL Makefile.am Makefile.in NEWS THANKS TODO acconfig.h \
+	aclocal.m4 config.guess config.h.in config.sub configure \
+	configure.in install-sh missing mkinstalldirs
+DIST_SUBDIRS = $(SUBDIRS)
+all: config.h
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) all-recursive
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in:  Makefile.am  $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4)
+	cd $(top_srcdir) && \
+	  $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu  Makefile
+Makefile:  $(srcdir)/Makefile.in  $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	cd $(top_builddir) && \
+	  CONFIG_HEADERS= CONFIG_LINKS= \
+	  CONFIG_FILES=$@ $(SHELL) ./config.status
+
+$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
+	$(SHELL) ./config.status --recheck
+$(srcdir)/configure:  $(srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES)
+	cd $(srcdir) && $(AUTOCONF)
+
+$(ACLOCAL_M4):  configure.in 
+	cd $(srcdir) && $(ACLOCAL) $(ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS)
+config.h: stamp-h
+	@if test ! -f $@; then \
+		rm -f stamp-h; \
+		$(MAKE) stamp-h; \
+	else :; fi
+stamp-h: $(srcdir)/config.h.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	@rm -f stamp-h stamp-hT
+	@echo timestamp > stamp-hT 2> /dev/null
+	cd $(top_builddir) \
+	  && CONFIG_FILES= CONFIG_HEADERS=config.h \
+	     $(SHELL) ./config.status
+	@mv stamp-hT stamp-h
+$(srcdir)/config.h.in:  $(srcdir)/./stamp-h.in
+	@if test ! -f $@; then \
+		rm -f $(srcdir)/./stamp-h.in; \
+		$(MAKE) $(srcdir)/./stamp-h.in; \
+	else :; fi
+$(srcdir)/./stamp-h.in: $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) $(top_srcdir)/acconfig.h
+	@rm -f $(srcdir)/./stamp-h.in $(srcdir)/./stamp-h.inT
+	@echo timestamp > $(srcdir)/./stamp-h.inT 2> /dev/null
+	cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOHEADER)
+	@mv $(srcdir)/./stamp-h.inT $(srcdir)/./stamp-h.in
+
+distclean-hdr:
+	-rm -f config.h
+intl/Makefile: $(top_builddir)/config.status $(top_srcdir)/intl/Makefile.in
+	cd $(top_builddir) && CONFIG_FILES=$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= CONFIG_LINKS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
+uninstall-info-am:
+
+# This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd
+# into them and run `make' without going through this Makefile.
+# To change the values of `make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles,
+# (1) if the variable is set in `config.status', edit `config.status'
+#     (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run `make');
+# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the `make' command line.
+$(RECURSIVE_TARGETS):
+	@set fnord $(MAKEFLAGS); amf=$$2; \
+	dot_seen=no; \
+	target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
+	list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
+	  if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
+	    dot_seen=yes; \
+	    local_target="$$target-am"; \
+	  else \
+	    local_target="$$target"; \
+	  fi; \
+	  (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
+	   || case "$$amf" in *=*) exit 1;; *k*) fail=yes;; *) exit 1;; esac; \
+	done; \
+	if test "$$dot_seen" = "no"; then \
+	  $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \
+	fi; test -z "$$fail"
+
+mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive distclean-recursive \
+maintainer-clean-recursive:
+	@set fnord $(MAKEFLAGS); amf=$$2; \
+	dot_seen=no; \
+	case "$@" in \
+	  distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \
+	  *) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \
+	esac; \
+	rev=''; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  if test "$$subdir" = "."; then :; else \
+	    rev="$$subdir $$rev"; \
+	  fi; \
+	done; \
+	rev="$$rev ."; \
+	target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
+	for subdir in $$rev; do \
+	  echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
+	  if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
+	    local_target="$$target-am"; \
+	  else \
+	    local_target="$$target"; \
+	  fi; \
+	  (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
+	   || case "$$amf" in *=*) exit 1;; *k*) fail=yes;; *) exit 1;; esac; \
+	done && test -z "$$fail"
+tags-recursive:
+	list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  test "$$subdir" = . || (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) tags); \
+	done
+
+tags: TAGS
+
+ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)
+	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+	unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+	    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+	  done | \
+	  $(AWK) '    { files[$$0] = 1; } \
+	       END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
+	mkid -fID $$unique $(LISP)
+
+TAGS: tags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) config.h.in $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
+		$(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+	tags=; \
+	here=`pwd`; \
+	list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
+	    test -f $$subdir/TAGS && tags="$$tags -i $$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \
+	  fi; \
+	done; \
+	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+	unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+	    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+	  done | \
+	  $(AWK) '    { files[$$0] = 1; } \
+	       END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
+	test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)config.h.in$$unique$(LISP)$$tags" \
+	  || etags $(ETAGS_ARGS) $$tags config.h.in $$unique $(LISP)
+
+GTAGS:
+	here=`CDPATH=: && cd $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
+	  && cd $(top_srcdir) \
+	  && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) $$here
+
+distclean-tags:
+	-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH
+
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+
+top_distdir = .
+# Avoid unsightly `./'.
+distdir = $(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
+
+GZIP_ENV = --best
+
+distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+	-chmod -R a+w $(distdir) >/dev/null 2>&1; rm -rf $(distdir)
+	mkdir $(distdir)
+	$(mkinstalldirs) $(distdir)/intl $(distdir)/po
+	@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
+	  if test -f $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+	  dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
+	  if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \
+	    $(mkinstalldirs) "$(distdir)/$$dir"; \
+	  fi; \
+	  if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+	    cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir) \
+	    || exit 1; \
+	  else \
+	    test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
+	    || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
+	    || exit 1; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+	for subdir in $(SUBDIRS); do \
+	  if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
+	    test -d $(distdir)/$$subdir \
+	    || mkdir $(distdir)/$$subdir \
+	    || exit 1; \
+	    (cd $$subdir && \
+	      $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
+	        top_distdir="$(top_distdir)" \
+	        distdir=../$(distdir)/$$subdir \
+	        distdir) \
+	      || exit 1; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+	-find $(distdir) -type d ! -perm -777 -exec chmod a+rwx {} \; -o \
+	  ! -type d ! -perm -444 -links 1 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \
+	  ! -type d ! -perm -400 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \
+	  ! -type d ! -perm -444 -exec $(SHELL) $(install_sh) -c -m a+r {} {} \; \
+	|| chmod -R a+r $(distdir)
+dist: distdir
+	$(AMTAR) chof - $(distdir) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).tar.gz
+	-chmod -R a+w $(distdir) >/dev/null 2>&1; rm -rf $(distdir)
+
+# This target untars the dist file and tries a VPATH configuration.  Then
+# it guarantees that the distribution is self-contained by making another
+# tarfile.
+distcheck: dist
+	-chmod -R a+w $(distdir) > /dev/null 2>&1; rm -rf $(distdir)
+	GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gunzip -c $(distdir).tar.gz | $(AMTAR) xf -
+	chmod -R a-w $(distdir); chmod a+w $(distdir)
+	mkdir $(distdir)/=build
+	mkdir $(distdir)/=inst
+	chmod a-w $(distdir)
+	dc_install_base=`CDPATH=: && cd $(distdir)/=inst && pwd` \
+	  && cd $(distdir)/=build \
+	  && ../configure --srcdir=.. --prefix=$$dc_install_base \
+	    --with-included-gettext \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dvi \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) check \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) installcheck \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) uninstall \
+	  && (test `find $$dc_install_base -type f -print | wc -l` -le 1 \
+	     || (echo "Error: files left after uninstall" 1>&2; \
+	         exit 1) ) \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dist \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distclean \
+	  && rm -f $(distdir).tar.gz \
+	  && (test `find . -type f -print | wc -l` -eq 0 \
+	     || (echo "Error: files left after distclean" 1>&2; \
+	         exit 1) )
+	-chmod -R a+w $(distdir) > /dev/null 2>&1; rm -rf $(distdir)
+	@echo "$(distdir).tar.gz is ready for distribution" | \
+	  sed 'h;s/./=/g;p;x;p;x'
+check-am: all-am
+check: check-recursive
+all-am: Makefile config.h
+installdirs: installdirs-recursive
+installdirs-am:
+
+install: install-recursive
+install-exec: install-exec-recursive
+install-data: install-data-recursive
+uninstall: uninstall-recursive
+
+install-am: all-am
+	@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+
+installcheck: installcheck-recursive
+install-strip:
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
+	  `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
+	    echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
+mostlyclean-generic:
+
+clean-generic:
+
+distclean-generic:
+	-rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]*
+
+maintainer-clean-generic:
+	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
+	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+clean: clean-recursive
+
+clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
+
+dist-all: distdir
+	$(AMTAR) chof - $(distdir) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).tar.gz
+	-chmod -R a+w $(distdir) >/dev/null 2>&1; rm -rf $(distdir)
+distclean: distclean-recursive
+	-rm -f config.status config.cache config.log
+distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-hdr distclean-tags
+
+dvi: dvi-recursive
+
+dvi-am:
+
+info: info-recursive
+
+info-am:
+
+install-data-am:
+
+install-exec-am:
+
+install-info: install-info-recursive
+
+install-man:
+
+installcheck-am:
+
+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-recursive
+
+maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
+
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-recursive
+
+mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic
+
+uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am
+
+uninstall-info: uninstall-info-recursive
+
+.PHONY: $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) GTAGS all all-am check check-am clean \
+	clean-generic clean-recursive dist dist-all distcheck distclean \
+	distclean-generic distclean-hdr distclean-recursive \
+	distclean-tags distdir dvi dvi-am dvi-recursive info info-am \
+	info-recursive install install-am install-data install-data-am \
+	install-data-recursive install-exec install-exec-am \
+	install-exec-recursive install-info install-info-am \
+	install-info-recursive install-man install-recursive \
+	install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \
+	installdirs-am installdirs-recursive maintainer-clean \
+	maintainer-clean-generic maintainer-clean-recursive mostlyclean \
+	mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-recursive tags tags-recursive \
+	uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-info-am \
+	uninstall-info-recursive uninstall-recursive
+
+
+ChangeLog:
+	cvs2cl -U cvsusers --fsf
+
+cvs-clean: maintainer-clean
+	for f in $(CVS_CREATED) `find . -name Makefile.in` tinc-$(VERSION).tar.gz; do\
+	  rm -Rf "$$f"; \
+	done
+
+deb:
+	dpkg-buildpackage -rfakeroot
+
+rpm: dist
+	cp $(distdir).tar.gz /usr/src/redhat/SOURCES/
+	cp redhat/tinc.spec /usr/src/redhat/SOURCES/
+	cd /usr/src/redhat/SOURCES/ && rpm -bb tinc.spec
+
+release:
+	rm -f ChangeLog
+	$(MAKE) ChangeLog
+	echo "Please edit the NEWS file now..."
+	/usr/bin/editor NEWS
+	$(MAKE) dist
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:

NEWS

@@ -0,0 +1,267 @@
+version 1.0pre7              Apr  7 2002
+
+* Don't do blocking read()s when getting a signal.
+
+* Remove RSA key checking code, since it sometimes thinks perfectly good RSA
+  keys are bad.
+
+* Fix handling of subnets when prefixlength isn't divisible by 8.
+
+
+version 1.0pre6              Mar 27 2002
+
+* Improvement of redundant links:
+
+  * Non-blocking connects.
+  
+  * Protocol broadcast messages can no longer go into an infinite loop.
+  
+  * Graph algorithm updated to look harder for direct connections.
+
+* Good support for routing IPv6 packets over the VPN. Works on Linux,
+  FreeBSD, possibly OpenBSD but not on Solaris.
+
+* Support for tunnels over IPv6 networks. Works on all supported
+  operating systems.
+
+* Optional compression of UDP connections using zlib.
+
+* Optionally let UDP connections inherit TOS field of tunneled packets.
+
+* Optionally start scripts when certain hosts become (un)reachable.
+
+
+version 1.0pre5              Feb  9 2002
+
+* Security enhancements:
+
+  * Added sequence number and optional message authentication code to
+    the packets.
+
+  * Configurable encryption cipher and digest algorithms.
+
+* More robust handling of dis- and reconnects.
+
+* Added a "switch" and a "hub" mode to allow bridging setups.
+
+* Preliminary support for routing of IPv6 packets.
+
+* Supports Linux, FreeBSD, OpenBSD and Solaris.
+
+
+It looks like this might be the last release before 1.0.
+
+
+version 1.0pre4              Jan 17 2001
+
+* Updated documentation; the documentation now reflects the
+  configuration as it is.
+
+* Some internal changes to make tinc scale better for large
+  networks, such as using AVL trees instead of linked lists for the
+  connection list.  
+
+* RSA keys can be stored in separate files if needed.  See the
+  documentation for more information.
+
+* tinc has now been reported to run on Linux PowerPC and FreeBSD x86.
+
+
+
+version 1.0pre3              Oct 31 2000
+
+* The protocol has been redesigned, and although some details are
+  still under discussion, this is secure.  Care has been taken to
+  resist most, if not all, attacks.
+  
+* Unfortunately this protocol is not compatible with earlier versions,
+  nor are earlier versions compatible with this version.  Because the
+  older protocol has huge security flaws, we feel that not
+  implementing backwards compatibility is justified.
+
+* Some data about the protocol:
+
+  * It uses public/private RSA keys for authentication (this is the
+    actual fix for the security hole).
+
+  * All cryptographic functions have been taken out of tinc, instead
+    it uses the OpenSSL library functions.
+
+  * Offers support for multiple subnets per tinc daemon.
+
+* New is also the support for the universal tun/tap device.  This
+  means better portability to FreeBSD and Solaris.
+
+* tinc is tested to compile on Solaris, Linux x86, Linux alpha.
+
+* tinc now uses the OpenSSL library for cryptographic operations.
+  More information on getting and installing OpenSSL is in the manual.
+  This also means that the GMP library is no longer required.
+
+* Further, thanks to Enrique Zanardi, we have Spanish messages; Matias
+  Carrasco provided us with a Spanish translation of the manual.
+
+
+What still needs to be done before 1.0:
+
+* Documentation.  Especially since the protocol has changed, and a lot
+  of configuration directives have been added.
+
+
+
+
+version 1.0pre2              May 31 2000
+
+* This version has been internationalized; and a Dutch translation has          
+  been included.                                                                
+                                                                                
+* Two configuration variables have been added:                                  
+  * VpnMask - the IP network mask for the entire VPN, not just our              
+    subnet (as given by MyVirtualIP).  The Redhat and Debian packages           
+    use this variable in their system startup scripts, but it is                
+    ignored by tinc.                                                            
+  * Hostnames - if set to `yes', look up the names of IP addresses              
+    trying to connect to us.  Default set to `no', to prevent lockups           
+    during lookups.                                                             
+                                                                                
+* The system startup scripts for Debian and Redhat use                          
+  /etc/tinc/nets.boot to find out which networks need to be started             
+  during system boot.                                                           
+                                                                                
+* Fixes to prevent denial of service attacks by sending random data             
+  after connecting (and even when the connection has been established),         
+  either random garbage or just nonsensical protocol fields.                    
+                                                                                
+* tinc will retry to connect upon startup, does not quit if it doesn't          
+  work the first time.                                                          
+                                                                                
+* Hosts that are disconnected implicitly if we lose a connection get            
+  deleted from the internal list, to prevent hogging eachother with             
+  add and delete requests when the connection is restored.                      
+                                                                                
+                                                                                
+What still needs to be done before 1.0:                                         
+                                                                                
+* Documentation.                                                                
+* Failover ConnectTo lines, try another one if the first doesn't work.          
+
+
+
+
+version 1.0pre1              May 12 2000
+ * New meta-protocol
+ * Various other bugfixes
+ * Documentation updates
+
+version 0.3.3                Feb  9 2000
+ * Fixed bug that made tinc stop working with latest kernels (Guus
+   Sliepen)
+ * Updated the manual
+
+version 0.3.2                Nov 12 1999
+ * no more `Invalid filedescriptor' when working with multiple
+   connections
+ * forward unknown packets to uplink
+
+version 0.3.1                Oct 20 1999
+ * fixed a bug where tinc would exit without a trace
+
+version 0.3                  Aug 20 1999
+ * pings now work immediately
+ * all packet sizes get transmitted correctly
+
+version 0.2.26               Aug 15 1999
+ * fixed some remaining bugs
+ * --sysconfdir works with configure
+ * last version before 0.3
+
+version 0.2.25               Aug  8 1999
+ * improved stability, going towards 0.3 now.
+
+version 0.2.24               Aug  7 1999
+ * added key aging, there's a new config variable, KeyExpire.
+ * updated man and info pages
+
+version 0.2.23               Aug  5 1999
+ * all known bugs fixed, this is a candidate for 0.3
+
+version 0.2.22               Apr 11 1999
+ * multiconnection thing is now working nearly perfect :)
+
+version 0.2.21               Apr 10 1999
+ * You shouldn't notice a thing, but a lot has changed wrt key
+management - except that it refuses to talk to versions < 0.2.20
+
+version 0.2.20
+
+version 0.2.19               Apr  3 1999
+ * don't install a libcipher.so
+
+version 0.2.18               Apr  3 1999
+ * blowfish library dynamically loaded upon execution
+ * included Eric Young's IDEA library
+
+version 0.2.17               Apr  1 1999
+ * tincd now re-executes itself in case of a segmentation fault.
+
+version 0.2.16               Apr  1 1999
+ * wrote tincd.conf(5) man page, which still needs a lot of work.
+ * config file now accepts and tolerates spaces, and any integer base
+for integer variables, and better error reporting. See
+doc/tincd.conf.sample for an example.
+
+version 0.2.15               Mar 29 1999
+ * fixed bugs
+
+version 0.2.14               Feb 10 1999
+ * added --timeout flag and PingTimeout configuration
+ * did some first syslog cleanup work
+
+version 0.2.13               Jan 23 1999
+ * bugfixes
+
+version 0.2.12               Jan 23 1999
+ * fixed nauseating bug so that it would crash whenever a connection
+got lost
+
+version 0.2.11               Jan 22 1999
+ * framework for multiple connections has been done
+ * simple manpage for tincd
+
+version 0.2.10               Jan 18 1999
+ * passphrase support added
+
+version 0.2.9                Jan 13 1999
+ * bugs fixed.
+
+version 0.2.8                Jan 11 1999
+ * a reworked protocol version
+ * a ping/pong system
+ * more reliable networking code
+ * automatic reconnection
+ * still does not work with more than one connection :)
+ * strips MAC addresses before sending, so there's less overhead, and
+less redundancy
+
+version 0.2.7                Jan  3 1999
+ * several updates to make extending more easy.
+
+version 0.2.6                Dec 20 1998
+ * Point-to-Point connections have been established, including
+blowfish encryption and a secret key-exchange.
+
+version 0.2.5                Dec 16 1998
+ * Project renamed to tinc, in honour of TINC.
+
+version 0.2.4                Dec 16 1998
+ * now it really does ;)
+
+version 0.2.3                Nov 24 1998
+ * it sort of works now
+
+version 0.2.2                Nov 20 1998
+ * uses GNU gmp.
+
+version 0.2.1                Nov 14 1998
+
+ * Bare version.

README

@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+This is the README file for tinc version 1.0pre7. Installation
+instructions may be found in the INSTALL file.
+
+tinc is Copyright (C) 1998-2002 by:
+
+Ivo Timmermans <itimmermans@bigfoot.com>,
+Guus Sliepen <guus@sliepen.warande.net>,
+and others.
+
+For a complete list of authors see the AUTHORS file.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
+your option) any later version. See the file COPYING for more details.
+
+
+Security statement
+------------------
+
+In August 2000, we discovered the existence of a security hole in all versions
+of tinc up to and including 1.0pre2. This had to do with the way we exchanged
+keys. Since then, we have been working on a new authentication scheme to make
+tinc as secure as possible. The current version uses the OpenSSL library and
+uses strong authentication with RSA keys.
+
+On the 29th of December 2001, Jerome Etienne posted a security analysis of tinc
+1.0pre4. Due to a lack of sequence numbers and a message authentication code
+for each packet, an attacker could possibly disrupt certain network services or
+launch a denial of service attack by replaying intercepted packets. The current
+version adds sequence numbers and message authentication codes to prevent such
+attacks.
+
+Cryptography is a hard thing to get right. We cannot make any
+guarantees. Time, review and feedback are the only things that can
+prove the security of any cryptographic product. If you wish to review
+tinc or give us feedback, you are stronly encouraged to do so.
+
+
+Changes to configuration file format since 1.0pre5
+--------------------------------------------------
+
+Some configuration variables have different names now. Most notably "TapDevice"
+should be changed into "Device", and "Device" should be changed into
+"BindToDevice".
+
+
+Requirements
+------------
+
+Since 1.0pre3, we use OpenSSL for all cryptographic functions.  So you
+need to install this library first; grab it from
+http://www.openssl.org/.  We recommend version 0.9.5 or better.  If
+this library is not installed on you system, configure will fail.  The
+manual in doc/tinc.texi contains more detailed information on how to
+install this library.
+
+Since 1.0pre6, the zlib library is used for optional compression. You need this
+library whether or not you plan to enable the compression. You can find it at
+http://www.gzip.org/zlib/. Because of a possible exploit in earlier versions we
+recommand that you download version 1.1.4 or later.
+
+In order to compile tinc, you will also need autoconf, automake, GNU make, m4
+and gettext.
+
+
+Features
+--------
+
+This version of tinc supports multiple virtual networks at once. To
+use this feature, you may supply a netname via the -n or --net
+options. The standard locations for the config files will then be
+/etc/tinc/<net>/. Because of this feature, tinc will send packets
+directly to their destinations, instead of to the uplink. If this
+behaviour is undesirable (for instance because of firewalls or other
+restrictions), please use an older version of tinc (I would recommend
+tinc-0.2.19).
+
+In order to force the kernel to accept received packets, the
+destination MAC address will be set to FE:FD:00:00:00:00 upon
+reception. The MAC address of the ethertap or tun/tap interface must
+also be set to this address. See the manual for more detailed
+information.
+
+tincd regenerates its encryption key pairs. It does this on the first
+activity after the keys have expired. This period is adjustable in the
+configuration file, and the default time is 3600 seconds (one hour).
+
+This version supports multiple subnets at once. They are also sorted
+on subnet mask size. This means that it is possible to have
+overlapping subnets on the VPN, as long as their subnet mask sizes
+differ.
+
+Since pre5, tinc can operate in several routing modes. The default mode,
+"router", works exactly like the older version, and uses Subnet lines to
+determine the destination of packets. The other two modes, "switch" and "hub",
+allow the tinc daemons to work together like a single network switch or hub.
+This is useful for bridging networks. The latter modes only work properly on
+Linux and FreeBSD.
+
+The algorithms used for encryption and generating message authentication codes
+can now be changed in the configuration files. All cipher and digest algorithms
+supported by OpenSSL can be used. Useful ciphers are "blowfish" (default),
+"bf-ofb", "des", "des3", etcetera. Useful digests are "sha1" (default), "md5",
+etcetera.
+
+Support for routing IPv6 packets has been added. Just add Subnet lines with
+IPv6 addresses (without using :: abbreviations) and use ifconfig or ip (from
+the iproute package) to give the virtual network interface corresponding IPv6
+addresses. Autoconfiguration will not work in router mode. Tunneling IPv6
+packets only works on Linux, FreeBSD and possibly OpenBSD.
+
+It is also possible to make tunnels to other tinc daemons over IPv6 networks.
+In order to enable this feature the option "AddressFamily = any" or
+"AddressFamily = ipv6" must be added to the tinc.conf file. The host
+configuration files should contain IPv6 addresses for the "Address" variables,
+or hostnames which have an AAAA or A6 record.

THANKS

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+We would like to thank
+
+ * Hans Bayle (for making some useful coding suggestions and fixing a
+   bug or two)
+ * Lubomír Bulej (for the Redhat system init script)
+ * Wessel Dankers (for the name `tinc' and various suggestions)
+ * Mads Kiilerich (for finding some bugs and some errors in the
+   documentation, and for making several suggestions to make it all
+   more userfriendly, and the Redhat package)
+ * James MacLean (for fixing several mission critical bugs, and for
+   giving me a few good ideas, and, most of all, for the wonderful
+   testing and debugging)
+ * Robert van der Meulen (early configuration code)
+ * Cris van Pelt (small fixes)
+ * Enrique Zanardi (for the Spanish translation)
+ * Matias Carrasco (for the Spanish translation of the manual)
+ * Jamie Briggs (for finding a lot of socket leaks)
+ * Armijn Hemel (for being our very own PR manager)
+ * Jerome Etienne (for a thorough security analysis of tinc)
+ * Mark Glines (for his compression patch) 
+
+for their help, support and ideas.  Thank you guys!
+
+Ivo Timmermans
+Guus Sliepen

TODO

@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+TODO LIST
+
+1.0:
+
+* A nice, secure and stable release

acconfig.h

@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/* Define to the name name of this package */
+#undef PACKAGE
+
+/* Define to the version of the package */
+#undef VERSION
+
+/* Define to rpl_malloc if the replacement function should be used.  */
+#undef malloc
+
+/* Define to rpl_realloc if the replacement function should be used.  */
+#undef realloc
+
+/* This is always defined.  It enables GNU extensions on systems that
+   have them.  */
+#if !defined(_GNU_SOURCE)
+# undef _GNU_SOURCE
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(__USE_BSD)
+# undef __USE_BSD
+#endif
+
+
+/* Define to 1 if NLS is requested.  */
+#undef ENABLE_NLS
+
+/* Define as 1 if you have catgets and don't want to use GNU gettext.  */
+#undef HAVE_CATGETS
+
+/* Define as 1 if you have gettext and don't want to use GNU gettext.  */
+#undef HAVE_GETTEXT
+
+/* Define if your locale.h file contains LC_MESSAGES.  */
+#undef HAVE_LC_MESSAGES
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the stpcpy function.  */
+#undef HAVE_STPCPY
+
+/* For getopt */
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# define getopt system_getopt
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# undef getopt
+#endif
+
+/* Linux */
+#undef HAVE_LINUX
+
+/* FreeBSD */
+#undef HAVE_FREEBSD
+
+/* OpenBSD */
+#undef HAVE_OPENBSD
+
+/* Solaris */
+#undef HAVE_SOLARIS
+
+/* NetBSD */
+#undef HAVE_NETBSD
+
+/* Define to the location of the kernel sources */
+#undef CONFIG_TINC_KERNELDIR
+
+/* Define to 1 if tun/tap support is enabled and found */
+#undef HAVE_TUNTAP
+
+/* Define to the location of if_tun.h */
+#undef LINUX_IF_TUN_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if support for jumbograms is enabled */
+#undef ENABLE_JUMBOGRAMS
+
+/* Define to 1 if checkpoint tracing is enabled */
+#undef ENABLE_TRACING
+
+/* Define to enable use of old SSLeay_add_all_algorithms() function */
+#undef HAVE_SSLEAY_ADD_ALL_ALGORITHMS

config.h.in

@@ -0,0 +1,310 @@
+/* config.h.in.  Generated automatically from configure.in by autoheader 2.13.  */
+
+/* Define if using alloca.c.  */
+#undef C_ALLOCA
+
+/* Define to empty if the keyword does not work.  */
+#undef const
+
+/* Define to one of _getb67, GETB67, getb67 for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP systems.
+   This function is required for alloca.c support on those systems.  */
+#undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END
+
+/* Define if you have alloca, as a function or macro.  */
+#undef HAVE_ALLOCA
+
+/* Define if you have <alloca.h> and it should be used (not on Ultrix).  */
+#undef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
+
+/* Define if you have a working `mmap' system call.  */
+#undef HAVE_MMAP
+
+/* Define as __inline if that's what the C compiler calls it.  */
+#undef inline
+
+/* Define to `long' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define.  */
+#undef off_t
+
+/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define.  */
+#undef pid_t
+
+/* Define as the return type of signal handlers (int or void).  */
+#undef RETSIGTYPE
+
+/* Define to `unsigned' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define.  */
+#undef size_t
+
+/* If using the C implementation of alloca, define if you know the
+   direction of stack growth for your system; otherwise it will be
+   automatically deduced at run-time.
+ STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
+ STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
+ STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown
+ */
+#undef STACK_DIRECTION
+
+/* Define if you have the ANSI C header files.  */
+#undef STDC_HEADERS
+
+/* Define if you can safely include both <sys/time.h> and <time.h>.  */
+#undef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
+
+/* Define if your <sys/time.h> declares struct tm.  */
+#undef TM_IN_SYS_TIME
+
+/* Define to rpl_malloc if the replacement function should be used.  */
+#undef malloc
+
+/* Define to rpl_realloc if the replacement function should be used.  */
+#undef realloc
+
+/* This is always defined.  It enables GNU extensions on systems that
+   have them.  */
+#if !defined(_GNU_SOURCE)
+# undef _GNU_SOURCE
+#endif
+
+/* Linux */
+#undef HAVE_LINUX
+
+/* FreeBSD */
+#undef HAVE_FREEBSD
+
+/* OpenBSD */
+#undef HAVE_OPENBSD
+
+/* Solaris */
+#undef HAVE_SOLARIS
+
+/* NetBSD */
+#undef HAVE_NETBSD
+
+/* Define to 1 if tun/tap support is enabled and found */
+#undef HAVE_TUNTAP
+
+/* Define to the location of if_tun.h */
+#undef LINUX_IF_TUN_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if support for jumbograms is enabled */
+#undef ENABLE_JUMBOGRAMS
+
+/* Define to 1 if checkpoint tracing is enabled */
+#undef ENABLE_TRACING
+
+/* Define to enable use of old SSLeay_add_all_algorithms() function */
+#undef HAVE_SSLEAY_ADD_ALL_ALGORITHMS
+
+/* Define if you have the DONE_WORKING_MALLOC_CHECK function.  */
+#undef HAVE_DONE_WORKING_MALLOC_CHECK
+
+/* Define if you have the DONE_WORKING_REALLOC_CHECK function.  */
+#undef HAVE_DONE_WORKING_REALLOC_CHECK
+
+/* Define if you have the RAND_pseudo_bytes function.  */
+#undef HAVE_RAND_PSEUDO_BYTES
+
+/* Define if you have the __argz_count function.  */
+#undef HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT
+
+/* Define if you have the __argz_next function.  */
+#undef HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT
+
+/* Define if you have the __argz_stringify function.  */
+#undef HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY
+
+/* Define if you have the asprintf function.  */
+#undef HAVE_ASPRINTF
+
+/* Define if you have the daemon function.  */
+#undef HAVE_DAEMON
+
+/* Define if you have the dcgettext function.  */
+#undef HAVE_DCGETTEXT
+
+/* Define if you have the fcloseall function.  */
+#undef HAVE_FCLOSEALL
+
+/* Define if you have the feof_unlocked function.  */
+#undef HAVE_FEOF_UNLOCKED
+
+/* Define if you have the fgets_unlocked function.  */
+#undef HAVE_FGETS_UNLOCKED
+
+/* Define if you have the flock function.  */
+#undef HAVE_FLOCK
+
+/* Define if you have the ftime function.  */
+#undef HAVE_FTIME
+
+/* Define if you have the get_current_dir_name function.  */
+#undef HAVE_GET_CURRENT_DIR_NAME
+
+/* Define if you have the getcwd function.  */
+#undef HAVE_GETCWD
+
+/* Define if you have the getegid function.  */
+#undef HAVE_GETEGID
+
+/* Define if you have the geteuid function.  */
+#undef HAVE_GETEUID
+
+/* Define if you have the getgid function.  */
+#undef HAVE_GETGID
+
+/* Define if you have the getpagesize function.  */
+#undef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE
+
+/* Define if you have the getuid function.  */
+#undef HAVE_GETUID
+
+/* Define if you have the mempcpy function.  */
+#undef HAVE_MEMPCPY
+
+/* Define if you have the munmap function.  */
+#undef HAVE_MUNMAP
+
+/* Define if you have the putenv function.  */
+#undef HAVE_PUTENV
+
+/* Define if you have the select function.  */
+#undef HAVE_SELECT
+
+/* Define if you have the setenv function.  */
+#undef HAVE_SETENV
+
+/* Define if you have the setlocale function.  */
+#undef HAVE_SETLOCALE
+
+/* Define if you have the socket function.  */
+#undef HAVE_SOCKET
+
+/* Define if you have the stpcpy function.  */
+#undef HAVE_STPCPY
+
+/* Define if you have the strcasecmp function.  */
+#undef HAVE_STRCASECMP
+
+/* Define if you have the strchr function.  */
+#undef HAVE_STRCHR
+
+/* Define if you have the strdup function.  */
+#undef HAVE_STRDUP
+
+/* Define if you have the strerror function.  */
+#undef HAVE_STRERROR
+
+/* Define if you have the strsignal function.  */
+#undef HAVE_STRSIGNAL
+
+/* Define if you have the strtol function.  */
+#undef HAVE_STRTOL
+
+/* Define if you have the strtoul function.  */
+#undef HAVE_STRTOUL
+
+/* Define if you have the tsearch function.  */
+#undef HAVE_TSEARCH
+
+/* Define if you have the unsetenv function.  */
+#undef HAVE_UNSETENV
+
+/* Define if you have the <argz.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_ARGZ_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <fcntl.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_FCNTL_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <limits.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_LIMITS_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <locale.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_LOCALE_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <malloc.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_MALLOC_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <nl_types.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_NL_TYPES_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <openssl/err.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_OPENSSL_ERR_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <openssl/evp.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_OPENSSL_EVP_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <openssl/pem.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_OPENSSL_PEM_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <openssl/rand.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_OPENSSL_RAND_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <openssl/rsa.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_OPENSSL_RSA_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <openssl/sha.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_OPENSSL_SHA_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <stddef.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_STDDEF_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <stdlib.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <string.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_STRING_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <strings.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <sys/file.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_FILE_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <sys/ioctl.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <sys/param.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <sys/time.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <syslog.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_SYSLOG_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <unistd.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <zlib.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_ZLIB_H
+
+/* Define if you have the nsl library (-lnsl).  */
+#undef HAVE_LIBNSL
+
+/* Define if you have the socket library (-lsocket).  */
+#undef HAVE_LIBSOCKET
+
+/* Name of package */
+#undef PACKAGE
+
+/* Version number of package */
+#undef VERSION
+
+/* Define if you have the iconv() function. */
+#undef HAVE_ICONV
+
+/* Define as const if the declaration of iconv() needs const. */
+#undef ICONV_CONST
+
+/* Define if you have <langinfo.h> and nl_langinfo(CODESET). */
+#undef HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+
+/* Define if your <locale.h> file defines LC_MESSAGES. */
+#undef HAVE_LC_MESSAGES
+
+/* Define to 1 if translation of program messages to the user's native language
+   is requested. */
+#undef ENABLE_NLS
+
+/* Define if the GNU gettext() function is already present or preinstalled. */
+#undef HAVE_GETTEXT
+

configure.in

@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
+
+dnl $Id: configure.in,v 1.13.2.43.2.1 2002/04/09 11:51:16 guus Exp $
+
+AC_INIT(src/tincd.c)
+AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tinc, 1.0pre7)
+AM_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h)
+
+dnl Include the macros from the m4/ directory
+AM_ACLOCAL_INCLUDE(m4)
+
+# Enable GNU extensions.
+# Define this here, not in acconfig's @TOP@ section, since definitions
+# in the latter don't make it into the configure-time tests.
+AC_DEFINE([_GNU_SOURCE], [__USE_BSD])
+
+ALL_LINGUAS="nl"
+
+dnl Checks for programs.
+AC_PROG_CC
+AC_PROG_CPP
+AC_PROG_GCC_TRADITIONAL
+AC_PROG_AWK
+AC_PROG_INSTALL
+AC_PROG_LN_S
+AC_PROG_MAKE_SET
+jm_PERL
+
+
+AC_ISC_POSIX
+
+dnl Check and set OS
+
+AC_CANONICAL_HOST
+
+case $host_os in
+  *linux*)
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LINUX)
+    [ rm -f src/device.c; ln -sf linux/device.c src/device.c ]
+  ;;
+  *freebsd*)
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_FREEBSD)
+    [ rm -f src/device.c; ln -sf freebsd/device.c src/device.c ]
+  ;;
+  *solaris*)
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SOLARIS)
+    [ rm -f src/device.c; ln -sf solaris/device.c src/device.c ]
+  ;;
+  *openbsd*)
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_OPENBSD)
+    [ rm -f src/device.c; ln -sf openbsd/device.c src/device.c ]
+  ;;
+  *netbsd*)
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_NETBSD)
+    [ rm -f src/device.c; ln -sf netbsd/device.c src/device.c ]
+  ;;
+esac
+
+AC_CACHE_SAVE
+
+dnl Checks for libraries.
+
+dnl Checks for header files.
+AC_HEADER_STDC
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS([fcntl.h limits.h sys/ioctl.h syslog.h unistd.h \
+sys/time.h malloc.h strings.h sys/file.h])
+
+dnl Checks for typedefs, structures, and compiler characteristics.
+AC_C_CONST
+AC_TYPE_PID_T
+AC_TYPE_SIZE_T
+AC_HEADER_TIME
+AC_STRUCT_TM
+
+dnl Checks for library functions.
+AC_FUNC_MEMCMP
+AC_FUNC_ALLOCA
+AC_TYPE_SIGNAL
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS([ftime socket select strtol strerror flock unsetenv \
+asprintf putenv strdup fcloseall daemon strsignal get_current_dir_name])
+jm_FUNC_MALLOC
+jm_FUNC_REALLOC
+
+AM_GNU_GETTEXT
+
+
+dnl Support for SunOS
+
+AC_CHECK_FUNC(socket, [], [
+  AC_CHECK_LIB(socket, connect)
+])
+AC_CHECK_FUNC(gethostbyname, [], [
+  AC_CHECK_LIB(nsl, gethostbyname)
+])
+
+AC_CACHE_SAVE
+
+dnl These are defined in files in m4/
+tinc_TUNTAP
+tinc_OPENSSL
+tinc_ZLIB
+
+dnl Check if support for jumbograms is requested 
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(jumbograms,
+  [  --enable-jumbograms     enable support for jumbograms (packets up to 9000 bytes)],
+  [ AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_JUMBOGRAMS) ]
+)
+
+dnl Check if checkpoint tracing has to be enabled
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(tracing,
+  [  --enable-tracing        enable checkpoint tracing (debugging only)],
+  [ AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_TRACING) ]
+)
+
+AC_SUBST(INCLUDES)
+
+AC_OUTPUT(Makefile
+src/Makefile
+doc/Makefile
+doc/es/Makefile
+intl/Makefile
+lib/Makefile
+m4/Makefile
+po/Makefile.in
+)

depcomp

@@ -0,0 +1,411 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+
+# depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects
+# Copyright 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+# 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+# Originally written by Alexandre Oliva <oliva@dcc.unicamp.br>.
+
+if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then
+  echo "depcomp: Variables source, object and depmode must be set" 1>&2
+  exit 1
+fi
+# `libtool' can also be set to `yes' or `no'.
+
+depfile=${depfile-`echo "$object" | sed 's,\([^/]*\)$,.deps/\1,;s/\.\([^.]*\)$/.P\1/'`}
+tmpdepfile=${tmpdepfile-`echo "$depfile" | sed 's/\.\([^.]*\)$/.T\1/'`}
+
+rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+
+# Some modes work just like other modes, but use different flags.  We
+# parameterize here, but still list the modes in the big case below,
+# to make depend.m4 easier to write.  Note that we *cannot* use a case
+# here, because this file can only contain one case statement.
+if test "$depmode" = hp; then
+  # HP compiler uses -M and no extra arg.
+  gccflag=-M
+  depmode=gcc
+fi
+
+if test "$depmode" = dashXmstdout; then
+   # This is just like dashmstdout with a different argument.
+   dashmflag=-xM
+   depmode=dashmstdout
+fi
+
+case "$depmode" in
+gcc3)
+## gcc 3 implements dependency tracking that does exactly what
+## we want.  Yay!  Note: for some reason libtool 1.4 doesn't like
+## it if -MD -MP comes after the -MF stuff.  Hmm.
+  "$@" -MT "$object" -MD -MP -MF "$tmpdepfile"
+  stat=$?
+  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
+  else
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+    exit $stat
+  fi
+  mv "$tmpdepfile" "$depfile"
+  ;;
+
+gcc)
+## There are various ways to get dependency output from gcc.  Here's
+## why we pick this rather obscure method:
+## - Don't want to use -MD because we'd like the dependencies to end
+##   up in a subdir.  Having to rename by hand is ugly.
+##   (We might end up doing this anyway to support other compilers.)
+## - The DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT environment variable makes gcc act like
+##   -MM, not -M (despite what the docs say).
+## - Using -M directly means running the compiler twice (even worse
+##   than renaming).
+  if test -z "$gccflag"; then
+    gccflag=-MD,
+  fi
+  "$@" -Wp,"$gccflag$tmpdepfile"
+  stat=$?
+  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
+  else
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+    exit $stat
+  fi
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
+  alpha=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
+## The second -e expression handles DOS-style file names with drive letters.
+  sed -e 's/^[^:]*: / /' \
+      -e 's/^['$alpha']:\/[^:]*: / /' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
+## This next piece of magic avoids the `deleted header file' problem.
+## The problem is that when a header file which appears in a .P file
+## is deleted, the dependency causes make to die (because there is
+## typically no way to rebuild the header).  We avoid this by adding
+## dummy dependencies for each header file.  Too bad gcc doesn't do
+## this for us directly.
+  tr ' ' '
+' < "$tmpdepfile" |
+## Some versions of gcc put a space before the `:'.  On the theory
+## that the space means something, we add a space to the output as
+## well.
+## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
+## correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
+    sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
+
+hp)
+  # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work.  It works by
+  # looking at the text of this script.  This case will never be run,
+  # since it is checked for above.
+  exit 1
+  ;;
+
+sgi)
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    "$@" "-Wp,-MDupdate,$tmpdepfile"
+  else
+    "$@" -MDupdate "$tmpdepfile"
+  fi
+  stat=$?
+  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
+  else
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+    exit $stat
+  fi
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+
+  if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then  # yes, the sourcefile depend on other files
+    echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
+
+    # Clip off the initial element (the dependent).  Don't try to be
+    # clever and replace this with sed code, as IRIX sed won't handle
+    # lines with more than a fixed number of characters (4096 in
+    # IRIX 6.2 sed, 8192 in IRIX 6.5).  We also remove comment lines;
+    # the IRIX cc adds comments like `#:fec' to the end of the
+    # dependency line.
+    tr ' ' '
+' < "$tmpdepfile" \
+    | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' | \
+    tr '
+' ' ' >> $depfile
+    echo >> $depfile
+
+    # The second pass generates a dummy entry for each header file.
+    tr ' ' '
+' < "$tmpdepfile" \
+   | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \
+   >> $depfile
+  else
+    # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just
+    # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile
+    # "include basename.Plo" scheme.
+    echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
+  fi
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
+
+aix)
+  # The C for AIX Compiler uses -M and outputs the dependencies
+  # in a .u file.  This file always lives in the current directory.
+  # Also, the AIX compiler puts `$object:' at the start of each line;
+  # $object doesn't have directory information.
+  stripped=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's,^.*/,,' -e 's/\(.*\)\..*$/\1/'`
+  tmpdepfile="$stripped.u"
+  outname="$stripped.o"
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    "$@" -Wc,-M
+  else
+    "$@" -M
+  fi
+
+  stat=$?
+  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
+  else
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+    exit $stat
+  fi
+
+  if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
+    # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h'.
+    # Do two passes, one to just change these to
+    # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
+    sed -e "s,^$outname:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+    sed -e "s,^$outname: \(.*\)$,\1:," < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
+  else
+    # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just
+    # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile
+    # "include basename.Plo" scheme.
+    echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
+  fi
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
+
+tru64)
+   # The Tru64 AIX compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side
+   # effect.  `cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into `foo.o.d'.
+   # At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put 
+   # dependencies in `foo.d' instead, so we check for that too.
+   # Subdirectories are respected.
+
+   tmpdepfile1="$object.d"
+   tmpdepfile2=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's/.o$/.d/'` 
+   if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+      "$@" -Wc,-MD
+   else
+      "$@" -MD
+   fi
+
+   stat=$?
+   if test $stat -eq 0; then :
+   else
+      rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
+      exit $stat
+   fi
+
+   if test -f "$tmpdepfile1"; then
+      tmpdepfile="$tmpdepfile1"
+   else
+      tmpdepfile="$tmpdepfile2"
+   fi
+   if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
+      sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+      # That's a space and a tab in the [].
+      sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[ 	]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
+   else
+      echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
+   fi
+   rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+   ;;
+
+#nosideeffect)
+  # This comment above is used by automake to tell side-effect
+  # dependency tracking mechanisms from slower ones.
+
+dashmstdout)
+  # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
+  # always write the proprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o,
+  # because we must use -o when running libtool.
+  test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M
+  ( IFS=" "
+    case " $* " in
+    *" --mode=compile "*) # this is libtool, let us make it quiet
+      for arg
+      do # cycle over the arguments
+        case "$arg" in
+	"--mode=compile")
+	  # insert --quiet before "--mode=compile"
+	  set fnord "$@" --quiet
+	  shift # fnord
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	set fnord "$@" "$arg"
+	shift # fnord
+	shift # "$arg"
+      done
+      ;;
+    esac
+    "$@" $dashmflag | sed 's:^[^:]*\:[ 	]*:'"$object"'\: :' > "$tmpdepfile"
+  ) &
+  proc=$!
+  "$@"
+  stat=$?
+  wait "$proc"
+  if test "$stat" != 0; then exit $stat; fi
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+  cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+  tr ' ' '
+' < "$tmpdepfile" | \
+## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
+## correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
+    sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
+
+dashXmstdout)
+  # This case only exists to satisfy depend.m4.  It is never actually
+  # run, as this mode is specially recognized in the preamble.
+  exit 1
+  ;;
+
+makedepend)
+  # X makedepend
+  (
+    shift
+    cleared=no
+    for arg in "$@"; do
+      case $cleared in no)
+        set ""; shift
+	cleared=yes
+      esac
+      case "$arg" in
+        -D*|-I*)
+	  set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift;;
+	-*)
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift;;
+      esac
+    done
+    obj_suffix="`echo $object | sed 's/^.*\././'`"
+    touch "$tmpdepfile"
+    ${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} 2>/dev/null -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@"
+  ) &
+  proc=$!
+  "$@"
+  stat=$?
+  wait "$proc"
+  if test "$stat" != 0; then exit $stat; fi
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+  cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+  tail +3 "$tmpdepfile" | tr ' ' '
+' | \
+## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
+## correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
+    sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile".bak
+  ;;
+
+cpp)
+  # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
+  # always write the proprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o,
+  # because we must use -o when running libtool.
+  ( IFS=" "
+    case " $* " in
+    *" --mode=compile "*)
+      for arg
+      do # cycle over the arguments
+        case $arg in
+	"--mode=compile")
+	  # insert --quiet before "--mode=compile"
+	  set fnord "$@" --quiet
+	  shift # fnord
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	set fnord "$@" "$arg"
+	shift # fnord
+	shift # "$arg"
+      done
+      ;;
+    esac
+    "$@" -E |
+    sed -n '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' |
+    sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile"
+  ) &
+  proc=$!
+  "$@"
+  stat=$?
+  wait "$proc"
+  if test "$stat" != 0; then exit $stat; fi
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
+  cat < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
+  sed < "$tmpdepfile" '/^$/d;s/^ //;s/ \\$//;s/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
+
+msvisualcpp)
+  # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
+  # always write the proprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o,
+  # because we must use -o when running libtool.
+  ( IFS=" "
+    case " $* " in
+    *" --mode=compile "*)
+      for arg
+      do # cycle over the arguments
+        case $arg in
+	"--mode=compile")
+	  # insert --quiet before "--mode=compile"
+	  set fnord "$@" --quiet
+	  shift # fnord
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	set fnord "$@" "$arg"
+	shift # fnord
+	shift # "$arg"
+      done
+      ;;
+    esac
+    "$@" -E |
+    sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::echo "`cygpath -u \\"\1\\"`":p' | sort | uniq > "$tmpdepfile"
+  ) &
+  proc=$!
+  "$@"
+  stat=$?
+  wait "$proc"
+  if test "$stat" != 0; then exit $stat; fi
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
+  . "$tmpdepfile" | sed 's% %\\ %g' | sed -n '/^\(.*\)$/ s::	\1 \\:p' >> "$depfile"
+  echo "	" >> "$depfile"
+  . "$tmpdepfile" | sed 's% %\\ %g' | sed -n '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile"
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
+
+none)
+  exec "$@"
+  ;;
+
+*)
+  echo "Unknown depmode $depmode" 1>&2
+  exit 1
+  ;;
+esac
+
+exit 0

doc/GNUmakefile

@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+# Having a separate GNUmakefile lets me use features of GNU make
+# to generate the man pages.
+# This makefile is used only if you run GNU Make.
+# It is necessary if you want to build targets usually of interest
+# only to the maintainer.
+
+have-Makefile := $(shell test -f Makefile && echo yes)
+
+# If the user runs GNU make but has not yet run ./configure,
+# give them a diagnostic.
+ifeq ($(have-Makefile),yes)
+
+include Makefile
+include $(srcdir)/Makefile.maint
+
+else
+
+all:
+	@echo There seems to be no Makefile in this directory.
+	@echo "You must run ./configure before running \`make'."
+	@exit 1
+
+endif

doc/Makefile.am

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+## Process this file with automake to get Makefile.in
+
+SUBDIRS = es
+
+info_TEXINFOS = tinc.texi
+
+dyn_MANS =
+man_aux = $(dyn_MANS:.8=.x)
+
+man_MANS = tincd.8 tinc.conf.5 $(dyn_MANS)
+
+PERL = @PERL@
+HELP2MAN = help2man
+MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = $(dyn_MANS)
+
+EXTRA_DIST = $(man_MANS) $(HELP2MAN) $(man_aux) \
+  Makefile.maint GNUmakefile Makefile.summ sample-config.tar.gz
+
+# Use `ginstall' in the definition of man_MANS to avoid
+# confusion with the `install' target.  The install rule transforms `ginstall'
+# to install before applying any user-specified name transformations.
+transform = s/ginstall/install/; @program_transform_name@
+
+# For additional rules usually of interest only to the maintainer,
+# see GNUmakefile and Makefile.maint.

doc/Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,539 @@
+# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.5 from Makefile.am.
+
+# Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+@SET_MAKE@
+
+SHELL = @SHELL@
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+
+bindir = @bindir@
+sbindir = @sbindir@
+libexecdir = @libexecdir@
+datadir = @datadir@
+sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
+sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
+localstatedir = @localstatedir@
+libdir = @libdir@
+infodir = @infodir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+oldincludedir = /usr/include
+pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
+top_builddir = ..
+
+ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
+NORMAL_INSTALL = :
+PRE_INSTALL = :
+POST_INSTALL = :
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
+PRE_UNINSTALL = :
+POST_UNINSTALL = :
+host_alias = @host_alias@
+host_triplet = @host@
+AMTAR = @AMTAR@
+AWK = @AWK@
+BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
+CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
+CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@
+CC = @CC@
+CPP = @CPP@
+DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@
+DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
+EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
+GENCAT = @GENCAT@
+GLIBC21 = @GLIBC21@
+GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
+GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
+HAVE_TUNTAP = @HAVE_TUNTAP@
+INCLUDES = @INCLUDES@
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
+INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@
+INTLBISON = @INTLBISON@
+INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
+INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@
+INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@
+LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
+LINUX_IF_TUN_H = @LINUX_IF_TUN_H@
+LN_S = @LN_S@
+MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
+MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
+OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+POFILES = @POFILES@
+POSUB = @POSUB@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
+USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+am__include = @am__include@
+am__quote = @am__quote@
+install_sh = @install_sh@
+
+# Use `ginstall' in the definition of man_MANS to avoid
+# confusion with the `install' target.  The install rule transforms `ginstall'
+# to install before applying any user-specified name transformations.
+transform = s/ginstall/install/; @program_transform_name@
+
+PERL = @PERL@
+
+SUBDIRS = es
+
+info_TEXINFOS = tinc.texi
+
+dyn_MANS = 
+man_aux = $(dyn_MANS:.8=.x)
+
+man_MANS = tincd.8 tinc.conf.5 $(dyn_MANS)
+HELP2MAN = help2man
+MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = $(dyn_MANS)
+
+EXTRA_DIST = $(man_MANS) $(HELP2MAN) $(man_aux) \
+  Makefile.maint GNUmakefile Makefile.summ sample-config.tar.gz
+
+subdir = doc
+mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
+CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
+DIST_SOURCES =
+INFO_DEPS = tinc.info
+DVIS = tinc.dvi
+TEXINFOS = tinc.texi
+
+NROFF = nroff
+MANS = $(man_MANS)
+
+RECURSIVE_TARGETS = info-recursive dvi-recursive install-info-recursive \
+	uninstall-info-recursive all-recursive install-data-recursive \
+	install-exec-recursive installdirs-recursive install-recursive \
+	uninstall-recursive check-recursive installcheck-recursive
+DIST_COMMON = Makefile.am Makefile.in texinfo.tex
+DIST_SUBDIRS = $(SUBDIRS)
+all: all-recursive
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+.SUFFIXES: .dvi .info .ps .texi
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in:  Makefile.am  $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4)
+	cd $(top_srcdir) && \
+	  $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu  doc/Makefile
+Makefile:  $(srcdir)/Makefile.in  $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	cd $(top_builddir) && \
+	  CONFIG_HEADERS= CONFIG_LINKS= \
+	  CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ $(SHELL) ./config.status
+
+tinc.info: tinc.texi
+tinc.dvi: tinc.texi
+
+.texi.info:
+	@cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
+	cd $(srcdir) \
+	  && $(MAKEINFO) $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) \
+	       `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
+
+.texi.dvi:
+	TEXINPUTS=$(srcdir):$$TEXINPUTS \
+	MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) -I $(srcdir)' \
+	$(TEXI2DVI) $<
+
+.texi:
+	@cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
+	cd $(srcdir) \
+	  && $(MAKEINFO) $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) \
+	       `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
+
+MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
+TEXI2DVI = texi2dvi
+DVIPS = dvips
+.dvi.ps:
+	$(DVIPS) $< -o $@
+
+uninstall-info-am:
+	$(PRE_UNINSTALL)
+	@if (install-info --version && \
+	     install-info --version | fgrep -i -v debian) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+	  list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
+	  for file in $$list; do \
+	    echo " install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) --remove $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file"; \
+	    install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) --remove $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file; \
+	  done; \
+	else :; fi
+	@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
+	@list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
+	for file in $$list; do \
+	  (if cd $(DESTDIR)$(infodir); then \
+	     echo " rm -f $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9])"; \
+	     rm -f $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9]; \
+	   else :; fi); \
+	done
+
+dist-info: $(INFO_DEPS)
+	list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
+	for base in $$list; do \
+	  d=$(srcdir); \
+	  for file in `CDPATH=: && cd $$d && eval echo $$base*`; do \
+	    test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
+	    || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
+	  done; \
+	done
+
+mostlyclean-aminfo:
+	-rm -f tinc.aux tinc.cp tinc.cps tinc.dvi tinc.fn tinc.ky tinc.log tinc.pg \
+	  tinc.ps tinc.toc tinc.tp tinc.vr
+
+maintainer-clean-aminfo:
+	cd $(srcdir) && \
+	for i in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
+	  rm -f $$i; \
+	  if test "`echo $$i-[0-9]*`" != "$$i-[0-9]*"; then \
+	    rm -f $$i-[0-9]*; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+
+man5dir = $(mandir)/man5
+install-man5: $(man5_MANS) $(man_MANS)
+	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+	$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(man5dir)
+	@list='$(man5_MANS) $(dist_man5_MANS) $(nodist_man5_MANS)'; \
+	l2='$(man_MANS) $(dist_man_MANS) $(nodist_man_MANS)'; \
+	for i in $$l2; do \
+	  case "$$i" in \
+	    *.5*) list="$$list $$i" ;; \
+	  esac; \
+	done; \
+	for i in $$list; do \
+	  if test -f $(srcdir)/$$i; then file=$(srcdir)/$$i; \
+	  else file=$$i; fi; \
+	  ext=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/^.*\\.//'`; \
+	  inst=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/\\.[0-9a-z]*$$//'`; \
+	  inst=`echo $$inst | sed -e 's/^.*\///'`; \
+	  inst=`echo $$inst | sed '$(transform)'`.$$ext; \
+	  echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(DESTDIR)$(man5dir)/$$inst"; \
+	  $(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(DESTDIR)$(man5dir)/$$inst; \
+	done
+uninstall-man5:
+	@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
+	@list='$(man5_MANS) $(dist_man5_MANS) $(nodist_man5_MANS)'; \
+	l2='$(man_MANS) $(dist_man_MANS) $(nodist_man_MANS)'; \
+	for i in $$l2; do \
+	  case "$$i" in \
+	    *.5*) list="$$list $$i" ;; \
+	  esac; \
+	done; \
+	for i in $$list; do \
+	  ext=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/^.*\\.//'`; \
+	  inst=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/\\.[0-9a-z]*$$//'`; \
+	  inst=`echo $$inst | sed -e 's/^.*\///'`; \
+	  inst=`echo $$inst | sed '$(transform)'`.$$ext; \
+	  echo " rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(man5dir)/$$inst"; \
+	  rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(man5dir)/$$inst; \
+	done
+
+man8dir = $(mandir)/man8
+install-man8: $(man8_MANS) $(man_MANS)
+	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+	$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)
+	@list='$(man8_MANS) $(dist_man8_MANS) $(nodist_man8_MANS)'; \
+	l2='$(man_MANS) $(dist_man_MANS) $(nodist_man_MANS)'; \
+	for i in $$l2; do \
+	  case "$$i" in \
+	    *.8*) list="$$list $$i" ;; \
+	  esac; \
+	done; \
+	for i in $$list; do \
+	  if test -f $(srcdir)/$$i; then file=$(srcdir)/$$i; \
+	  else file=$$i; fi; \
+	  ext=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/^.*\\.//'`; \
+	  inst=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/\\.[0-9a-z]*$$//'`; \
+	  inst=`echo $$inst | sed -e 's/^.*\///'`; \
+	  inst=`echo $$inst | sed '$(transform)'`.$$ext; \
+	  echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)/$$inst"; \
+	  $(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)/$$inst; \
+	done
+uninstall-man8:
+	@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
+	@list='$(man8_MANS) $(dist_man8_MANS) $(nodist_man8_MANS)'; \
+	l2='$(man_MANS) $(dist_man_MANS) $(nodist_man_MANS)'; \
+	for i in $$l2; do \
+	  case "$$i" in \
+	    *.8*) list="$$list $$i" ;; \
+	  esac; \
+	done; \
+	for i in $$list; do \
+	  ext=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/^.*\\.//'`; \
+	  inst=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/\\.[0-9a-z]*$$//'`; \
+	  inst=`echo $$inst | sed -e 's/^.*\///'`; \
+	  inst=`echo $$inst | sed '$(transform)'`.$$ext; \
+	  echo " rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)/$$inst"; \
+	  rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)/$$inst; \
+	done
+
+# This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd
+# into them and run `make' without going through this Makefile.
+# To change the values of `make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles,
+# (1) if the variable is set in `config.status', edit `config.status'
+#     (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run `make');
+# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the `make' command line.
+$(RECURSIVE_TARGETS):
+	@set fnord $(MAKEFLAGS); amf=$$2; \
+	dot_seen=no; \
+	target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
+	list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
+	  if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
+	    dot_seen=yes; \
+	    local_target="$$target-am"; \
+	  else \
+	    local_target="$$target"; \
+	  fi; \
+	  (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
+	   || case "$$amf" in *=*) exit 1;; *k*) fail=yes;; *) exit 1;; esac; \
+	done; \
+	if test "$$dot_seen" = "no"; then \
+	  $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \
+	fi; test -z "$$fail"
+
+mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive distclean-recursive \
+maintainer-clean-recursive:
+	@set fnord $(MAKEFLAGS); amf=$$2; \
+	dot_seen=no; \
+	case "$@" in \
+	  distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \
+	  *) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \
+	esac; \
+	rev=''; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  if test "$$subdir" = "."; then :; else \
+	    rev="$$subdir $$rev"; \
+	  fi; \
+	done; \
+	rev="$$rev ."; \
+	target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
+	for subdir in $$rev; do \
+	  echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
+	  if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
+	    local_target="$$target-am"; \
+	  else \
+	    local_target="$$target"; \
+	  fi; \
+	  (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
+	   || case "$$amf" in *=*) exit 1;; *k*) fail=yes;; *) exit 1;; esac; \
+	done && test -z "$$fail"
+tags-recursive:
+	list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  test "$$subdir" = . || (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) tags); \
+	done
+
+tags: TAGS
+
+ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)
+	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+	unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+	    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+	  done | \
+	  $(AWK) '    { files[$$0] = 1; } \
+	       END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
+	mkid -fID $$unique $(LISP)
+
+TAGS: tags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)  $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
+		$(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+	tags=; \
+	here=`pwd`; \
+	list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
+	    test -f $$subdir/TAGS && tags="$$tags -i $$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \
+	  fi; \
+	done; \
+	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+	unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+	    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+	  done | \
+	  $(AWK) '    { files[$$0] = 1; } \
+	       END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
+	test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$unique$(LISP)$$tags" \
+	  || etags $(ETAGS_ARGS) $$tags  $$unique $(LISP)
+
+GTAGS:
+	here=`CDPATH=: && cd $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
+	  && cd $(top_srcdir) \
+	  && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) $$here
+
+distclean-tags:
+	-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH
+
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+
+top_distdir = ..
+distdir = $(top_distdir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
+
+distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+	@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
+	  if test -f $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+	  dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
+	  if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \
+	    $(mkinstalldirs) "$(distdir)/$$dir"; \
+	  fi; \
+	  if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+	    cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir) \
+	    || exit 1; \
+	  else \
+	    test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
+	    || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
+	    || exit 1; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+	for subdir in $(SUBDIRS); do \
+	  if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
+	    test -d $(distdir)/$$subdir \
+	    || mkdir $(distdir)/$$subdir \
+	    || exit 1; \
+	    (cd $$subdir && \
+	      $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
+	        top_distdir="$(top_distdir)" \
+	        distdir=../$(distdir)/$$subdir \
+	        distdir) \
+	      || exit 1; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
+	  top_distdir="${top_distdir}" distdir="$(distdir)" \
+	  dist-info
+check-am: all-am
+check: check-recursive
+all-am: Makefile $(INFO_DEPS) $(MANS)
+installdirs: installdirs-recursive
+installdirs-am:
+	$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir) $(DESTDIR)$(man5dir) $(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)
+
+install: install-recursive
+install-exec: install-exec-recursive
+install-data: install-data-recursive
+uninstall: uninstall-recursive
+
+install-am: all-am
+	@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+
+installcheck: installcheck-recursive
+install-strip:
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
+	  `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
+	    echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
+mostlyclean-generic:
+
+clean-generic:
+
+distclean-generic:
+	-rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]*
+
+maintainer-clean-generic:
+	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
+	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+	-test -z "$(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)
+clean: clean-recursive
+
+clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-recursive
+
+distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-tags
+
+dvi: dvi-recursive
+
+dvi-am: $(DVIS)
+
+info: info-recursive
+
+info-am: $(INFO_DEPS)
+
+install-data-am: install-info-am install-man
+
+install-exec-am:
+
+install-info: install-info-recursive
+
+install-info-am: $(INFO_DEPS)
+	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+	$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)
+	@list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
+	for file in $$list; do \
+	  d=$(srcdir); \
+	  for ifile in `CDPATH=: && cd $$d && echo $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9]`; do \
+	    if test -f $$d/$$ifile; then \
+	      echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/$$ifile $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$ifile"; \
+	      $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/$$ifile $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$ifile; \
+	    else : ; fi; \
+	  done; \
+	done
+	@$(POST_INSTALL)
+	@if (install-info --version && \
+	     install-info --version | fgrep -i -v debian) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+	  list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
+	  for file in $$list; do \
+	    echo " install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file";\
+	    install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file || :;\
+	  done; \
+	else : ; fi
+install-man: install-man5 install-man8
+
+installcheck-am:
+
+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-recursive
+
+maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-aminfo \
+	maintainer-clean-generic
+
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-recursive
+
+mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-aminfo mostlyclean-generic
+
+uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am uninstall-man
+
+uninstall-info: uninstall-info-recursive
+
+uninstall-man: uninstall-man5 uninstall-man8
+
+.PHONY: $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) GTAGS all all-am check check-am clean \
+	clean-generic clean-recursive dist-info distclean \
+	distclean-generic distclean-recursive distclean-tags distdir \
+	dvi dvi-am dvi-recursive info info-am info-recursive install \
+	install-am install-data install-data-am install-data-recursive \
+	install-exec install-exec-am install-exec-recursive \
+	install-info install-info-am install-info-recursive install-man \
+	install-man5 install-man8 install-recursive install-strip \
+	installcheck installcheck-am installdirs installdirs-am \
+	installdirs-recursive maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-aminfo \
+	maintainer-clean-generic maintainer-clean-recursive mostlyclean \
+	mostlyclean-aminfo mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-recursive \
+	tags tags-recursive uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-info-am \
+	uninstall-info-recursive uninstall-man uninstall-man5 \
+	uninstall-man8 uninstall-recursive
+
+
+# For additional rules usually of interest only to the maintainer,
+# see GNUmakefile and Makefile.maint.
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:

doc/Makefile.maint

@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+# This -*- Makefile -*- uses features of GNU make.
+# It is included via GNUmakefile.
+
+# The following one line summaries were extracted from the
+# original man pages using this bit of sh code:
+# for i in *.1; do echo "$i: "|tr -d '\012'; \
+#   grep -A1 SH.NAME $i|sed '/SH NAME/d;s/^[^ ][^ ]* .- //'; done
+
+include Makefile.summ
+
+HELP2MAN-run = $(PERL) -w -- $(srcdir)/$(HELP2MAN)
+
+# Depend on configure.in to get version number changes.
+$(dyn_MANS): $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
+
+# Depend on the source file containing the --help text.
+# Filter out irregular cases.
+regular-men = $(filter-out $(irregular-men),$(dyn_MANS))
+$(regular-men): %.8: $(top_srcdir)/src/%.c
+
+executable = $(patsubst %/install,%/ginstall, ../src/$(basename $@))
+$(dyn_MANS): %.8: %.x $(HELP2MAN)
+	@if test -f $(executable); then \
+	  echo "Updating man page $@"; \
+	  rm -f $@-t $@; \
+	  $(HELP2MAN-run) \
+	    --name="$($(basename $@)-summary)" \
+	    --include=$(basename $@).x \
+	    $(executable) > $@-t; \
+	  chmod -w $@-t; \
+	  mv $@-t $@; \
+	else \
+	  echo "WARNING: The man page $@ cannot be updated yet."; \
+	  echo "         Retry once the corresponding executable is built."; \
+	fi
+
+sample-config.tar.gz:
+	GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) $(AMTAR) chozf sample-config.tar.gz sample-config

doc/Makefile.summ

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+# -*- makefile -*-
+tincd-summary = tinc VPN daemon

doc/es/Makefile.am

@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+## Process this file with automake to get Makefile.in
+
+# Nothing to see here, go away!

doc/es/Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,218 @@
+# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.5 from Makefile.am.
+
+# Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+@SET_MAKE@
+
+# Nothing to see here, go away!
+
+SHELL = @SHELL@
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+
+bindir = @bindir@
+sbindir = @sbindir@
+libexecdir = @libexecdir@
+datadir = @datadir@
+sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
+sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
+localstatedir = @localstatedir@
+libdir = @libdir@
+infodir = @infodir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+oldincludedir = /usr/include
+pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
+top_builddir = ../..
+
+ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
+transform = @program_transform_name@
+NORMAL_INSTALL = :
+PRE_INSTALL = :
+POST_INSTALL = :
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
+PRE_UNINSTALL = :
+POST_UNINSTALL = :
+host_alias = @host_alias@
+host_triplet = @host@
+AMTAR = @AMTAR@
+AWK = @AWK@
+BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
+CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
+CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@
+CC = @CC@
+CPP = @CPP@
+DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@
+DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
+EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
+GENCAT = @GENCAT@
+GLIBC21 = @GLIBC21@
+GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
+GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
+HAVE_TUNTAP = @HAVE_TUNTAP@
+INCLUDES = @INCLUDES@
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
+INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@
+INTLBISON = @INTLBISON@
+INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
+INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@
+INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@
+LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
+LINUX_IF_TUN_H = @LINUX_IF_TUN_H@
+LN_S = @LN_S@
+MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
+MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
+OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+PERL = @PERL@
+POFILES = @POFILES@
+POSUB = @POSUB@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
+USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+am__include = @am__include@
+am__quote = @am__quote@
+install_sh = @install_sh@
+subdir = doc/es
+mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
+CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
+DIST_SOURCES =
+DIST_COMMON = Makefile.am Makefile.in
+all: all-am
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in:  Makefile.am  $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4)
+	cd $(top_srcdir) && \
+	  $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu  doc/es/Makefile
+Makefile:  $(srcdir)/Makefile.in  $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	cd $(top_builddir) && \
+	  CONFIG_HEADERS= CONFIG_LINKS= \
+	  CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ $(SHELL) ./config.status
+uninstall-info-am:
+tags: TAGS
+TAGS:
+
+
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+
+top_distdir = ../..
+distdir = $(top_distdir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
+
+distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+	@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
+	  if test -f $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+	  dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
+	  if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \
+	    $(mkinstalldirs) "$(distdir)/$$dir"; \
+	  fi; \
+	  if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+	    cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir) \
+	    || exit 1; \
+	  else \
+	    test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
+	    || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
+	    || exit 1; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+check-am: all-am
+check: check-am
+all-am: Makefile
+
+installdirs:
+
+install: install-am
+install-exec: install-exec-am
+install-data: install-data-am
+uninstall: uninstall-am
+
+install-am: all-am
+	@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+
+installcheck: installcheck-am
+install-strip:
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
+	  `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
+	    echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
+mostlyclean-generic:
+
+clean-generic:
+
+distclean-generic:
+	-rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]*
+
+maintainer-clean-generic:
+	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
+	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+clean: clean-am
+
+clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-am
+
+distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic
+
+dvi: dvi-am
+
+dvi-am:
+
+info: info-am
+
+info-am:
+
+install-data-am:
+
+install-exec-am:
+
+install-info: install-info-am
+
+install-man:
+
+installcheck-am:
+
+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
+
+maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
+
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
+
+mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic
+
+uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am
+
+.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic distclean \
+	distclean-generic distdir dvi dvi-am info info-am install \
+	install-am install-data install-data-am install-exec \
+	install-exec-am install-info install-info-am install-man \
+	install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \
+	maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \
+	mostlyclean-generic uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-info-am
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:

doc/help2man

@@ -0,0 +1,375 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+
+# Generate a short man page from --help and --version output.
+# Copyright © 1997, 98 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+# Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# Written by Brendan O'Dea <bod@compusol.com.au>
+
+use 5.004;
+use strict;
+use Getopt::Long;
+use POSIX qw(strftime setlocale LC_TIME);
+
+my $this_program = 'help2man';
+my $this_version = '1.006';
+my $version_info = <<EOT;
+$this_program $this_version
+
+Copyright (C) 1997, 98 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO
+warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+Written by Brendan O'Dea <bod\@compusol.com.au>
+EOT
+
+my $help_info = <<EOT;
+`$this_program' generates a man page out of `--help' and `--version' output.
+
+Usage: $this_program [OPTION]... EXECUTABLE
+
+  --name=STRING       use `STRING' as the description for the NAME paragraph
+  --include=FILE      include material from `FILE'
+  --opt-include=FILE  include material from `FILE' if it exists
+  --output=FILE       send output to `FILE'
+  --no-info           suppress pointer to Texinfo manual
+  --help              print this help, then exit
+  --version           print $this_program program version number, then exit
+
+EXECUTABLE should accept `--help' and `version' options.
+EOT
+
+my ($include, $opt_name, $opt_include, $opt_output, $opt_no_info);
+
+# Parse options.
+GetOptions (
+    'name=s'	    => \$opt_name,
+    'include=s'	    => \$include,
+    'opt-include=s' => \$opt_include,
+    'output=s'	    => \$opt_output,
+    'no-info'	    => \$opt_no_info,
+    help	    => sub { print $help_info; exit },
+    version	    => sub { print $version_info; exit },
+) or die $help_info;
+
+die $help_info unless @ARGV == 1;
+
+my %include = ();
+my @include = (); # to retain order
+
+# Process include file (if given).  Format is:
+#
+# [section name]
+# verbatim text
+
+if ($include or $opt_include)
+{
+    if (open INC, $include || $opt_include)
+    {
+	my $sect;
+
+	while (<INC>)
+	{
+	    if (/^\[([^]]+)\]/)
+	    {
+		$sect = uc $1;
+		$sect =~ s/^\s+//;
+		$sect =~ s/\s+$//;
+		next;
+	    }
+
+	    # Silently ignore anything before the first
+	    # section--allows for comments and revision info.
+	    next unless $sect;
+
+	    push @include, $sect unless $include{$sect};
+	    $include{$sect} ||= '';
+	    $include{$sect} .= $_;
+	}
+
+	close INC;
+
+	die "$this_program: no valid information found in `$include'\n"
+	    unless %include;
+
+	# Compress trailing blank lines.
+	for (keys %include)
+	{
+	    $include{$_} =~ s/\n+$//;
+	    $include{$_} .= "\n" unless /^NAME$/;
+	}
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	die "$this_program: can't open `$include' ($!)\n" if $include;
+    }
+}
+
+# Turn off localisation of executable's ouput.
+@ENV{qw(LANGUAGE LANG LC_ALL)} = ('C') x 3;
+
+# Turn off localisation of date (for strftime)
+setlocale LC_TIME, 'C';
+
+# Grab help and version paragraphs from executable
+my @help = split /\n\n+/, `$ARGV[0] --help 2>/dev/null`
+    or die "$this_program: can't get `--help' info from $ARGV[0]\n";
+
+my @version = split /\n\n+/, `$ARGV[0] --version 2>/dev/null`
+    or die "$this_program: can't get `--version' info from $ARGV[0]\n";
+
+my $date = strftime "%B %Y", localtime;
+my $program = $ARGV[0]; $program =~ s!.*/!!;
+my $package = $program;
+my $version;
+
+if ($opt_output)
+{
+    unlink $opt_output
+	or die "$this_program: can't unlink $opt_output ($!)\n"
+	if -e $opt_output;
+
+    open STDOUT, ">$opt_output"
+	or die "$this_program: can't create $opt_output ($!)\n";
+}
+
+# The first line of the --version information is assumed to be in one
+# of the following formats:
+#
+#   <version>
+#   <program> <version>
+#   GNU <program> <version>
+#   <program> (GNU <package>) <version>
+#   <program> - GNU <package> <version>
+#
+# and seperated from any copyright/author details by a blank line.
+
+$_ = shift @version;
+
+if (/^(\S+)\s+\((GNU\s+[^)]+)\)\s+(.*)/ or
+    /^(\S+)\s+-\s*(GNU\s+\S+)\s+(.*)/)
+{
+    $program = $1;
+    $package = $2;
+    $version = $3;
+}
+elsif (/^(GNU\s+)?(\S+)\s+(.*)/)
+{
+    $program = $2;
+    $package = $1 ? "$1$2" : $2;
+    $version = $3;
+}
+else
+{
+    $version = $_;
+}
+
+$program =~ s!.*/!!;
+
+# no info for `info' itself
+$opt_no_info = 1 if $program eq 'info';
+
+# --name overrides --include contents
+$include{NAME} = "$program \\- $opt_name" if $opt_name;
+
+# Default (useless) NAME paragraph
+$include{NAME} ||= "$program \\- manual page for $program $version";
+
+# Man pages traditionally have the page title in caps.
+my $PROGRAM = uc $program;
+
+# Header.
+print <<EOT;
+.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE!  It was generated by $this_program $this_version.
+.TH $PROGRAM 1 "$date" "$package $version" "FSF"
+.SH NAME
+$include{NAME}
+EOT
+
+my $accumulate = 1;
+my @description = ();
+
+sub convert_option;
+
+# Output converted --help information.
+for (@help)
+{
+    chomp;
+
+    if (s/^Usage:\s+\S+\s+(.*)\n?//)
+    {
+	# Turn the usage clause into a synopsis.
+	my $synopsis = '';
+
+	do {
+	    my $syn = $1;
+	    $syn =~ s/(([][]|\.\.+)+)/\\fR$1\\fI/g;
+	    $syn =~ s/^/\\fI/ unless $syn =~ s/^\\fR//;
+	    $syn .= '\fR';
+	    $syn =~ s/\\fI(\s*)\\fR/$1/g;
+
+	    $synopsis .= ".br\n" unless $accumulate;
+	    $synopsis .= ".B $program\n";
+	    $synopsis .= "$syn\n";
+	    $accumulate = 0;
+	} while s/^(?:Usage|\s*or):\s+\S+\s+(.*)\n?//;
+
+	# Include file overrides SYNOPSIS.
+	print ".SH SYNOPSIS\n", $include{SYNOPSIS} || $synopsis;
+
+	# Dump any accumulated description text.
+	print ".SH DESCRIPTION\n";
+	print @description;
+
+	# Add additional description text from include file.
+	if ($include{DESCRIPTION})
+	{
+	    print ".PP\n" unless $include{DESCRIPTION} =~ /^\..P/;
+	    print $include{DESCRIPTION};
+	}
+
+	next unless $_;
+    }
+
+    # Accumulate text if the synopsis has not been produced yet.
+    if ($accumulate)
+    {
+	push @description, ".PP\n" if @description;
+	push @description, "$_\n";
+	next;
+    }
+
+    # Catch start of options.
+    if (/^Options:/)
+    {
+	print qq(.SH OPTIONS\n);
+	s/Options://;
+    }
+
+    # Catch bug report text.
+    if (/^Report bugs |^Email bug reports to /)
+    {
+	print qq(.SH "REPORTING BUGS"\n$_\n);
+	next;
+    }
+
+    # Special case for tar 1.12: --label=NAME\nPATTERN.
+    s{(\n[ \t]*)(-V,[ \t]+--label=NAME.*)\n[ \t]+PATTERN[ \t]+}
+     {$1$2$1\\&...=PATTERN };
+
+    # Convert options.
+    s/(\s)(-[][\w=-]+|\\&\S+)/$1 . convert_option $2/ge;
+
+    # Option subsections have second line indented.
+    print qq(.SS "$1"\n) if s/^(\S.*)\n(\s)/$2/;
+
+    # Lines indented more than about 10 spaces may be assumed to be
+    # continuations of the previous line.
+    s/\n {10,}/ /g;
+
+    # Lines following dotted (*) or numbered points may also be
+    # continued if indented to the same level as the text following
+    # the point.
+    1 while s{((?:^|\n)(\s+)(?:[1-9][.)]|\*)(\s+)(?:[^\n]+))\n\2 \3(\S)}
+	     {$1 $4}g;
+
+    # Indented paragraph.
+    if (/^\s/)
+    {
+	for (split /\n/)
+	{
+	    s/^\s+//;
+	    s/([^,])\s+/$1\n/;
+	    print ".TP\n$_\n" if $_;
+	}
+    }
+    # Anything else.
+    else
+    {
+	print ".PP\n$_\n";
+    }
+}
+
+# Print any include items other than the ones we have already dealt
+# with.
+for (@include)
+{
+    print qq(.SH "$_"\n$include{$_})
+	unless /^(NAME|SYNOPSIS|DESCRIPTION|SEE ALSO)$/;
+}
+
+# Refer to the real documentation.
+if ($include{'SEE ALSO'} or !$opt_no_info)
+{
+    print qq(.SH "SEE ALSO"\n);
+    print $include{'SEE ALSO'}, ".PP\n" if $include{'SEE ALSO'};
+
+    print <<EOT unless $opt_no_info;
+The full documentation for
+.B $program
+is maintained as a Texinfo manual.  If the
+.B info
+and
+.B $program
+programs are properly installed at your site, the command
+.IP
+.B info $program
+.PP
+should give you access to the complete manual.
+EOT
+}
+
+# Output converted --version information.
+for (@version)
+{
+    chomp;
+
+    # Join hyphenated lines.
+    s/([A-Za-z])-\n */$1/g;
+
+    # Convert copyright symbol or (c) to nroff character.
+    s/Copyright\s+(?:\xa9|\([Cc]\))/Copyright \\(co/g;
+
+    # Insert appropriate headings for copyright and author.
+    if    (/^Copyright\s\\/) { print ".SH COPYRIGHT\n" }
+    elsif (/^Written\s+by/)  { print ".SH AUTHOR\n" }
+    else		     { print ".PP\n"; }
+
+    # Insert line breaks before additional copyright messages and the
+    # disclaimer.
+    s/(.)\n(Copyright\s|This is free software)/$1\n.br\n$2/g;
+
+    print "$_\n";
+}
+
+exit;
+
+# Convert option dashes to \- to stop nroff from hyphenating 'em, and
+# embolden.  Option arguments get italicised.
+sub convert_option
+{
+    my $option = '\fB' . shift;
+
+    $option =~ s/-/\\-/g;
+    unless ($option =~ s/\[=(.*)\]$/\\fR[=\\fI$1\\fR]/)
+    {
+	$option =~ s/=(.)/\\fR=\\fI$1/;
+	$option =~ s/ (.)/ \\fI$1/;
+	$option .= '\fR';
+    }
+
+    $option;
+}

doc/tinc.conf.5

@@ -0,0 +1,340 @@
+.Dd 2002-04-09
+.Dt TINC.CONF 5
+.\" Manual page created by:
+.\" Ivo Timmermans <itimmermans@bigfoot.com>
+.\" Guus Sliepen <guus@sliepen.warande.net>
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm tinc.conf
+.Nd tinc daemon configuration
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The files in the
+.Pa /etc/tinc/
+directory contain runtime and security information for the tinc daemon.
+.Sh NETWORKS
+It is perfectly ok for you to run more than one tinc daemon.
+However, in its default form,
+you will soon notice that you can't use two different configuration files without the
+.Fl c
+option.
+.Pp
+We have thought of another way of dealing with this: network names.
+This means that you call
+.Nm
+with the
+.Fl n
+option, which will assign a name to this daemon.
+.Pp
+The effect of this is that the daemon will set its configuration root to
+.Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa / ,
+where 
+.Ar NETNAME
+is your argument to the
+.Fl n
+option.
+You'll notice that messages appear in syslog as coming from
+.Nm tincd. Ns Ar NETNAME .
+.Pp
+However, it is not strictly necessary that you call tinc with the
+.Fl n
+option.
+In this case, the network name would just be empty,
+and it will be used as such.
+.Nm tinc
+now looks for files in
+.Pa /etc/tinc/ ,
+instead of 
+.Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa / ;
+the configuration file should be
+.Pa /etc/tinc/tinc.conf ,
+and the host configuration files are now expected to be in
+.Pa /etc/tinc/hosts/ .
+.Pp
+But it is highly recommended that you use this feature of
+.Nm tinc ,
+because it will be so much clearer whom your daemon talks to.
+Hence, we will assume that you use it.
+.Sh NAMES
+Each tinc daemon should have a name that is unique in the network which it will be part of.
+The name will be used by other tinc daemons for identification.
+The name has to be declared in the
+.Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /tinc.conf
+file.
+.Pp
+To make things easy,
+choose something that will give unique and easy to remember names to your tinc daemon(s).
+You could try things like hostnames, owner surnames or location names.
+.Sh PUBLIC/PRIVATE KEYS
+You should use 
+.Ic tincd -K
+to generate public/private keypairs.
+It will generate two keys.
+The private key should be stored in a separate file
+.Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /rsa_key.priv
+\-\- where 
+.Ar NETNAME
+stands for the network (see 
+.Sx NETWORKS )
+above.
+The public key should be stored in the host configuration file
+.Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /hosts/ Ns Va NAME
+\-\- where
+.Va NAME
+stands for the name of the local tinc daemon (see
+.Sx NAMES ) .
+.Sh SERVER CONFIGURATION
+The server configuration of the daemon is done in the file
+.Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /tinc.conf .
+This file consists of comments (lines started with a
+.Li # )
+or assignments in the form of:
+.Pp
+.Va Variable Li = Ar Value .
+.Pp
+The variable names are case insensitive, and any spaces, tabs,
+newlines and carriage returns are ignored.
+Note: it is not required that you put in the 
+.Li =
+sign, but doing so improves readability.
+If you leave it out, remember to replace it with at least one space character.
+.Pp
+Here are all valid variables, listed in alphabetical order.
+The default value is given between parentheses.
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Va AddressFamily Li = ipv4 | ipv6 | any Po ipv4 Pc Bq experimental
+This option affects the address family of listening and outgoing sockets.
+If
+.Qq any
+is selected, then depending on the operating system both IPv4 and IPv6 or just
+IPv6 listening sockets will be created.
+.It Va BindToInterface Li = Ar interface Bq experimental
+If your computer has more than one network interface,
+.Nm tinc
+will by default listen on all of them for incoming connections.
+It is possible to bind only to a single interface with this variable.
+.Pp
+This option may not work on all platforms.
+.It Va ConnectTo Li = Ar name
+Specifies which other tinc daemon to connect to on startup.
+Multiple
+.Va ConnectTo
+variables may be specified,
+in which case outgoing connections to each specified tinc daemon are made.
+The names should be known to this tinc daemon
+(i.e., there should be a host configuration file for the name on the
+.Va ConnectTo
+line).
+.Pp
+If you don't specify a host with
+.Va ConnectTo ,
+.Nm tinc
+won't try to connect to other daemons at all,
+and will instead just listen for incoming connections.
+.It Va Device Li = Ar device Po /dev/tap0 or /dev/misc/net/tun Pc
+The virtual network device to use.
+.Nm tinc
+will automatically detect what kind of device it is.
+Note that you can only use one device per daemon.
+The info pages of the tinc package contain more information
+about configuring the virtual network device.
+.It Va Hostnames Li = yes | no Pq no
+This option selects whether IP addresses (both real and on the VPN) should
+be resolved. Since DNS lookups are blocking, it might affect tinc's
+efficiency, even stopping the daemon for a few seconds every time it does
+a lookup if your DNS server is not responding.
+.Pp
+This does not affect resolving hostnames to IP addresses from the
+host configuration files.
+.It Va Interface Li = Ar interface
+Defines the name of the interface corresponding to the virtual network device.
+Depending on the operating system and the type of device this may or may not actually set the name.
+Currently this option only affects the Linux tun/tap device.
+.It Va KeyExpire Li = Ar period Pq 3600
+This option controls the period the encryption keys used to encrypt the data are valid.
+It is common practice to change keys at regular intervals to make it even harder for crackers,
+even though it is thought to be nearly impossible to crack a single key.
+.It Va MACExpire Li = Ar period Pq 600
+This option controls the amount of time MAC addresses are kept before they are removed.
+This only has effect when
+.Va Mode
+is set to
+.Qq switch .
+.It Va MaxTimeout Li = Ar period Pq 900
+This is the maximum delay before trying to reconnect to other tinc daemons.
+.It Va Mode Li = router | switch | hub Pq router
+This option selects the way packets are routed to other daemons.
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It router
+In this mode
+.Va Subnet
+variables in the host configuration files will be used to form a routing table.
+Only unicast packets of routable protocols (IPv4 and IPv6) are supported in this mode.
+.It switch
+In this mode the MAC addresses of the packets on the VPN will be used to
+dynamically create a routing table just like an Ethernet switch does.
+Unicast, multicast and broadcast packets of every protocol that runs over Ethernet are supported in this mode
+at the cost of frequent broadcast ARP requests and routing table updates.
+.It hub
+This mode is almost the same as the switch mode, but instead
+every packet will be broadcast to the other daemons
+while no routing table is managed.
+.El
+.It Va Name Li = Ar name Bq required
+This is the name which identifies this tinc daemon.
+It must be unique for the virtual private network this daemon will connect to.
+.It Va PingTimeout Li = Ar period Pq 60
+The number of seconds of inactivity that
+.Nm tinc
+will wait before sending a probe to the other end.
+If that other end doesn't answer within that same amount of time,
+the connection is terminated,
+and the others will be notified of this.
+.It Va PriorityInheritance Li = yes | no Po no Pc Bq experimental
+When this option is enabled the value of the TOS field of tunneled IPv4 packets
+will be inherited by the UDP packets that are sent out.
+.It Va PrivateKey Li = Ar key Bq obsolete
+The private RSA key of this tinc daemon.
+It will allow this tinc daemon to authenticate itself to other daemons.
+.It Va PrivateKeyFile Li = Ar filename Bq recommended
+The file in which the private RSA key of this tinc daemon resides.
+Note that there must be exactly one of
+.Va PrivateKey
+or
+.Va PrivateKeyFile
+specified in the configuration file.
+.El
+.Sh HOST CONFIGURATION FILES
+The host configuration files contain all information needed
+to establish a connection to those hosts.
+A host configuration file is also required for the local tinc daemon,
+it will use it to read in it's listen port, public key and subnets.
+.Pp
+The idea is that these files are portable.
+You can safely mail your own host configuration file to someone else.
+That other person can then copy it to his own hosts directory,
+and now his tinc daemon will be able to connect to your tinc daemon.
+Since host configuration files only contain public keys,
+no secrets are revealed by sending out this information.
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Va Address Li = Ar address Bq recommended
+The IP address or hostname of this tinc daemon on the real network.
+This wil only be used when trying to make an outgoing connection to this tinc daemon.
+Multiple
+.Va Address
+variables can be specified, in which case each address will be tried until a working
+connection has been established.
+.It Va Cipher Li = Ar cipher Pq blowfish
+The symmetric cipher algorithm used to encrypt UDP packets.
+Any cipher supported by OpenSSL is recognised.
+Furthermore, specifying
+.Qq none
+will turn off packet encryption.
+.It Va Compression Li = Ar level Pq 0
+This option sets the level of compression used for UDP packets.
+Possible values are 0 (off), 1 (fast) and any integer up to 9 (best).
+.It Va Digest Li = Ar digest Pq sha1
+The digest algorithm used to authenticate UDP packets.
+Any digest supported by OpenSSL is recognised.
+Furthermore, specifying
+.Qq none
+will turn off packet authentication.
+.It Va IndirectData Li = yes | no Pq no
+This option specifies whether other tinc daemons besides the one you specified with
+.Va ConnectTo
+can make a direct connection to you.
+This is especially useful if you are behind a firewall
+and it is impossible to make a connection from the outside to your tinc daemon.
+Otherwise, it is best to leave this option out or set it to no.
+.It Va MACLength Li = Ar length Pq 4
+The length of the message authentication code used to authenticate UDP packets.
+Can be anything from
+.Qq 0
+up to the length of the digest produced by the digest algorithm.
+.It Va Port Li = Ar port Pq 655
+The port number on which this tinc daemon is listening for incoming connections.
+.It Va PublicKey Li = Ar key Bq obsolete
+The public RSA key of this tinc daemon.
+It will be used to cryptographically verify it's identity and to set up a secure connection.
+.It Va PublicKeyFile Li = Ar filename Bq obsolete
+The file in which the public RSA key of this tinc daemon resides.
+.Pp
+From version 1.0pre4 on
+.Nm tinc
+will store the public key directly into the host configuration file in PEM format,
+the above two options then are not necessary.
+Either the PEM format is used, or exactly one of the above two options must be specified
+in each host configuration file,
+if you want to be able to establish a connection with that host.
+.It Va Subnet Li = Ar address Ns Op Li / Ns Ar prefixlength
+The subnet which this tinc daemon will serve.
+.Nm tinc
+tries to look up which other daemon it should send a packet to by searching the appropriate subnet.
+If the packet matches a subnet,
+it will be sent to the daemon who has this subnet in his host configuration file.
+Multiple
+.Va Subnet
+variables can be specified.
+.Pp
+Subnets can either be single MAC, IPv4 or IPv6 addresses,
+in which case a subnet consisting of only that single address is assumed,
+or they can be a IPv4 or IPv6 network address with a prefixlength.
+Shorthand notations are not supported.
+For example, IPv4 subnets must be in a form like 192.168.1.0/24,
+where 192.168.1.0 is the network address and 24 is the number of bits set in the netmask.
+Note that subnets like 192.168.1.1/24 are invalid!
+Read a networking HOWTO/FAQ/guide if you don't understand this.
+IPv6 subnets are notated like fec0:0:0:1:0:0:0:0/64.
+MAC addresses are notated like 0:1a:2b:3c:4d:5e.
+.It Va TCPOnly Li = yes | no Pq no
+If this variable is set to yes,
+then the packets are tunnelled over the TCP connection instead of a UDP connection.
+This is especially useful for those who want to run a tinc daemon
+from behind a masquerading firewall,
+or if UDP packet routing is disabled somehow.
+Setting this options also implicitly sets IndirectData.
+.El
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Pa /etc/tinc/
+The top directory for configuration files.
+.It Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /tinc.conf
+The default name of the server configuration file for net
+.Ar NETNAME .
+.It Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /hosts/
+Host configuration files are kept in this directory.
+.It Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /tinc-up
+If an executable file with this name exists,
+it will be executed right after the tinc daemon has connected to the virtual network device.
+It can be used to set up the corresponding network interface.
+.Pp
+The environment variable
+.Ev $NETNAME
+will be passed to the executable.
+If specified with the
+.Va Interface
+configuration variable,
+or if the virtual network device is a Linux tun/tap device,
+the environment variable
+.Ev $INTERFACE
+will be set to the name of the network interface.
+.It Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /tinc-down
+If an executable file with this name exists,
+it will be executed right before the tinc daemon is going to close
+its connection to the virtual network device.
+The same environment variables will be passed as mentioned above.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr tincd 8 ,
+.Pa http://tinc.nl.linux.org/ ,
+.Pa http://www.linuxdoc.org/LDP/nag2/ .
+.Pp
+The full documentation for
+.Nm tinc
+is maintained as a Texinfo manual.
+If the info and tinc programs are properly installed at your site, the command
+.Ic info tinc
+should give you access to the complete manual.
+.Pp
+.Nm tinc
+comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY.
+This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions;
+see the file COPYING for details.

doc/tinc.info

@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+This is tinc.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.1 from tinc.texi.
+
+INFO-DIR-SECTION Networking tools
+START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+* tinc: (tinc).              The tinc Manual.
+END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+
+   This is the info manual for tinc, a Virtual Private Network daemon.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1998-2002 Ivo Timmermans <itimmermans@bigfoot.com>,
+Guus Sliepen <guus@sliepen.warande.net> and Wessel Dankers
+<wsl@nl.linux.org>.
+
+   $Id: tinc.texi,v 1.8.4.28 2002/04/09 11:43:29 guus Exp $
+
+   Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
+manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
+preserved on all copies.
+
+   Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of
+this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
+entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+
+
+Indirect:
+tinc.info-1: 888
+tinc.info-2: 49234
+
+Tag Table:
+(Indirect)
+Node: Top888
+Node: Introduction1186
+Node: VPNs2034
+Node: tinc3755
+Node: Supported platforms5258
+Node: Preparations7214
+Node: Configuring the kernel7469
+Node: Configuration of Linux kernels 2.1.60 up to 2.4.08812
+Node: Configuration of Linux kernels 2.4.0 and higher10055
+Node: Configuration of FreeBSD kernels11128
+Node: Configuration of OpenBSD kernels11742
+Node: Configuration of Solaris kernels12225
+Node: Libraries12683
+Node: OpenSSL13040
+Node: zlib14878
+Node: Installation15686
+Node: Building and installing tinc16704
+Node: System files17253
+Node: Device files17513
+Node: Other files18817
+Node: Configuration19431
+Node: Configuration introduction19738
+Node: Multiple networks20972
+Node: How connections work22387
+Node: Configuration files23571
+Node: Main configuration variables24605
+Node: Host configuration variables29459
+Node: How to configure33723
+Node: Generating keypairs35062
+Node: Network interfaces35558
+Node: Example configuration37837
+Node: Running tinc43704
+Node: Runtime options44221
+Node: Error messages45810
+Node: Technical information48691
+Node: The connection48897
+Node: The UDP tunnel49234
+Node: The meta-connection51531
+Node: The meta-protocol52992
+Node: Security57443
+Node: Authentication protocol58648
+Node: Encryption of network packets63939
+Node: About us65262
+Node: Contact Information65425
+Node: Authors65820
+Node: Concept Index66438
+
+End Tag Table

doc/tinc.info-2

@@ -0,0 +1,520 @@
+This is tinc.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.1 from tinc.texi.
+
+INFO-DIR-SECTION Networking tools
+START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+* tinc: (tinc).              The tinc Manual.
+END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+
+   This is the info manual for tinc, a Virtual Private Network daemon.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1998-2002 Ivo Timmermans <itimmermans@bigfoot.com>,
+Guus Sliepen <guus@sliepen.warande.net> and Wessel Dankers
+<wsl@nl.linux.org>.
+
+   $Id: tinc.texi,v 1.8.4.28 2002/04/09 11:43:29 guus Exp $
+
+   Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
+manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
+preserved on all copies.
+
+   Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of
+this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
+entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+
+
+File: tinc.info,  Node: The UDP tunnel,  Next: The meta-connection,  Prev: The connection,  Up: The connection
+
+The UDP tunnel
+--------------
+
+   The data itself is read from a character device file, the so-called
+_virtual network device_.  This device is associated with a network
+interface.  Any data sent to this interface can be read from the device,
+and any data written to the device gets sent from the interface.  Data
+to and from the device is formatted as if it were a normal Ethernet
+card, so a frame is preceded by two MAC addresses and a _frame type_
+field.
+
+   So when tinc reads an Ethernet frame from the device, it determines
+its type. When tinc is in it's default routing mode, it can handle IPv4
+and IPv6 packets. Depending on the Subnet lines, it will send the
+packets off to their destination.  In the `switch' and `hub' mode, tinc
+will use broadcasts and MAC address discovery to deduce the destination
+of the packets.  Since the latter modes only depend on the link layer
+information, any protocol that runs over Ethernet is supported (for
+instance IPX and Appletalk).
+
+   After the destination has been determined, a sequence number will be
+added to the packet.  The packet will then be encrypted and a message
+authentication code will be appended.
+
+   When that is done, time has come to actually transport the packet to
+the destination computer.  We do this by sending the packet over an UDP
+connection to the destination host.  This is called _encapsulating_,
+the VPN packet (though now encrypted) is encapsulated in another IP
+datagram.
+
+   When the destination receives this packet, the same thing happens,
+only in reverse.  So it checks the message authentication code,
+decrypts the contents of the UDP datagram, checks the sequence number
+and writes the decrypted information to its own virtual network device.
+
+   To let the kernel on the receiving end accept the packet, the
+destination MAC address must match that of the virtual network
+interface.  If tinc is in it's default routing mode, ARP does not work,
+so the correct destination MAC cannot be set by the sending daemons.
+tinc solves this by always overwriting the destination MAC address with
+fe:fd:0:0:0:0. That is also the reason why you must set the MAC address
+of your tap interface to that address.
+
+
+File: tinc.info,  Node: The meta-connection,  Prev: The UDP tunnel,  Up: The connection
+
+The meta-connection
+-------------------
+
+   Having only an UDP connection available is not enough.  Though
+suitable for transmitting data, we want to be able to reliably send
+other information, such as routing and session key information to
+somebody.
+
+   TCP is a better alternative, because it already contains protection
+against information being lost, unlike UDP.
+
+   So we establish two connections.  One for the encrypted VPN data,
+and one for other information, the meta-data.  Hence, we call the second
+connection the meta-connection.  We can now be sure that the
+meta-information doesn't get lost on the way to another computer.
+
+   Like with any communication, we must have a protocol, so that
+everybody knows what everything stands for, and how she should react.
+Because we have two connections, we also have two protocols.  The
+protocol used for the UDP data is the "data-protocol," the other one is
+the "meta-protocol."
+
+   The reason we don't use TCP for both protocols is that UDP is much
+better for encapsulation, even while it is less reliable.  The real
+problem is that when TCP would be used to encapsulate a TCP stream
+that's on the private network, for every packet sent there would be
+three ACKs sent instead of just one.  Furthermore, if there would be a
+timeout, both TCP streams would sense the timeout, and both would start
+re-sending packets.
+
+
+File: tinc.info,  Node: The meta-protocol,  Next: Security,  Prev: The connection,  Up: Technical information
+
+The meta-protocol
+=================
+
+   The meta protocol is used to tie all tinc daemons together, and
+exchange information about which tinc daemon serves which virtual
+subnet.
+
+   The meta protocol consists of requests that can be sent to the other
+side.  Each request has a unique number and several parameters.  All
+requests are represented in the standard ASCII character set.  It is
+possible to use tools such as telnet or netcat to connect to a tinc
+daemon and to read and write requests by hand, provided that one
+understands the numeric codes sent.
+
+   The authentication scheme is described in *Note Authentication
+protocol::. After a successful authentication, the server and the
+client will exchange all the information about other tinc daemons and
+subnets they know of, so that both sides (and all the other tinc
+daemons behind them) have their information synchronised.
+
+     daemon	message
+     --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+     origin	ADD_EDGE node1 12.23.34.45 655 node2 21.32.43.54 655 222 0
+                         |       |       |  \___________________/  |  +-> options
+                         |       |       |             |           +----> weight
+     		    |       |       |             +----------------> see below
+     		    |       |       +--> UDP port
+     		    |       +----------> real address
+                         +------------------> name of node on one side of the edge
+     
+     origin	ADD_SUBNET node 192.168.1.0/24
+                          |         |     +--> prefixlength
+                          |         +--------> IPv4 network address
+                          +------------------> owner of this subnet
+     --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+   In case a connection between two daemons is closed or broken,
+DEL_EDGE messages are sent to inform the other daemons of that fact.
+Each daemon will calculate a new route to the the daemons, or mark them
+unreachable if there isn't any.
+
+   The keys used to encrypt VPN packets are not sent out directly. This
+is because it would generate a lot of traffic on VPNs with many
+daemons, and chances are that not every tinc daemon will ever send a
+packet to every other daemon. Instead, if a daemon needs a key it sends
+a request for it via the meta connection of the nearest hop in the
+direction of the destination. If any hop on the way has already learned
+the key, it will act as a proxy and forward its copy back to the
+requester.
+
+     daemon	message
+     --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+     daemon	REQ_KEY origin destination
+                        |       +--> name of the tinc daemon it wants the key from
+                        +----------> name of the daemon that wants the key
+     
+     daemon	ANS_KEY origin destination 4ae0b0a82d6e0078 91 64 4
+                        |       |       \______________/ |  |  +--> MAC length
+                        |       |               |        |  +-----> digest algorithm
+                        |       |               |        +--------> cipher algorithm
+                        |       |               +--> 128 bits key
+                        |       +--> name of the daemon that wants the key
+                        +----------> name of the daemon that uses this key
+     
+     daemon	KEY_CHANGED origin
+                           +--> daemon that has changed it's packet key
+     --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+   There is also a mechanism to check if hosts are still alive. Since
+network failures or a crash can cause a daemon to be killed without
+properly shutting down the TCP connection, this is necessary to keep an
+up to date connection list. PINGs are sent at regular intervals, except
+when there is also some other traffic. A little bit of salt (random
+data) is added with each PING and PONG message, to make sure that long
+sequences of PING/PONG messages without any other traffic won't result
+in known plaintext.
+
+     daemon	message
+     --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+     origin	PING
+     dest.	PONG
+     --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+   This basically covers what is sent over the meta connection by tinc.
+
+
+File: tinc.info,  Node: Security,  Prev: The meta-protocol,  Up: Technical information
+
+About tinc's encryption and other security-related issues.
+==========================================================
+
+   tinc got its name from "TINC," short for _There Is No Cabal_; the
+alleged Cabal was/is an organisation that was said to keep an eye on the
+entire Internet.  As this is exactly what you _don't_ want, we named
+the tinc project after TINC.
+
+   But in order to be "immune" to eavesdropping, you'll have to encrypt
+your data.  Because tinc is a _Secure_ VPN (SVPN) daemon, it does
+exactly that: encrypt.  tinc by default uses blowfish encryption with
+128 bit keys in CBC mode, 32 bit sequence numbers and 4 byte long
+message authentication codes to make sure eavesdroppers cannot get and
+cannot change any information at all from the packets they can
+intercept. The encryption algorithm and message authentication
+algorithm can be changed in the configuration. The length of the message
+authentication codes is also adjustable. The length of the key for the
+encryption algorithm is always the default length used by OpenSSL.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Authentication protocol::
+* Encryption of network packets::
+
+
+File: tinc.info,  Node: Authentication protocol,  Next: Encryption of network packets,  Prev: Security,  Up: Security
+
+Authentication protocol
+-----------------------
+
+   A new scheme for authentication in tinc has been devised, which
+offers some improvements over the protocol used in 1.0pre2 and 1.0pre3.
+Explanation is below.
+
+     daemon  message
+     --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+     client  <attempts connection>
+     
+     server  <accepts connection>
+     
+     client  ID client 12
+                   |   +---> version
+                   +-------> name of tinc daemon
+     
+     server  ID server 12
+                   |   +---> version
+                   +-------> name of tinc daemon
+     
+     client  META_KEY 5f0823a93e35b69e...7086ec7866ce582b
+                      \_________________________________/
+                                      +-> RSAKEYLEN bits totally random string S1,
+                                          encrypted with server's public RSA key
+     
+     server  META_KEY 6ab9c1640388f8f0...45d1a07f8a672630
+                      \_________________________________/
+                                      +-> RSAKEYLEN bits totally random string S2,
+                                          encrypted with client's public RSA key
+     
+     From now on:
+      - the client will symmetrically encrypt outgoing traffic using S1
+      - the server will symmetrically encrypt outgoing traffic using S2
+     
+     client  CHALLENGE da02add1817c1920989ba6ae2a49cecbda0
+                       \_________________________________/
+                                      +-> CHALLEN bits totally random string H1
+     
+     server  CHALLENGE 57fb4b2ccd70d6bb35a64c142f47e61d57f
+                       \_________________________________/
+                                      +-> CHALLEN bits totally random string H2
+     
+     client  CHAL_REPLY 816a86
+                           +-> 160 bits SHA1 of H2
+     
+     server  CHAL_REPLY 928ffe
+                           +-> 160 bits SHA1 of H1
+     
+     After the correct challenge replies are received, both ends have proved
+     their identity. Further information is exchanged.
+     
+     client  ACK 655 12.23.34.45 123 0
+                  |       |       |  +-> options
+     	     |       |       +----> estimated weight
+     	     |       +------------> IP address of server as seen by client
+     	     +--------------------> UDP port of client
+     
+     server  ACK 655 21.32.43.54 321 0
+                  |       |       |  +-> options
+     	     |       |       +----> estimated weight
+     	     |       +------------> IP address of client as seen by server
+     	     +--------------------> UDP port of server
+     --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+   This new scheme has several improvements, both in efficiency and
+security.
+
+   First of all, the server sends exactly the same kind of messages
+over the wire as the client. The previous versions of tinc first
+authenticated the client, and then the server. This scheme even allows
+both sides to send their messages simultaneously, there is no need to
+wait for the other to send something first.  This means that any
+calculations that need to be done upon sending or receiving a message
+can also be done in parallel. This is especially important when doing
+RSA encryption/decryption. Given that these calculations are the main
+part of the CPU time spent for the authentication, speed is improved by
+a factor 2.
+
+   Second, only one RSA encrypted message is sent instead of two. This
+reduces the amount of information attackers can see (and thus use for a
+cryptographic attack). It also improves speed by a factor two, making
+the total speedup a factor 4.
+
+   Third, and most important: The symmetric cipher keys are exchanged
+first, the challenge is done afterwards. In the previous authentication
+scheme, because a man-in-the-middle could pass the challenge/chal_reply
+phase (by just copying the messages between the two real tinc daemons),
+but no information was exchanged that was really needed to read the
+rest of the messages, the challenge/chal_reply phase was of no real
+use. The man-in-the-middle was only stopped by the fact that only after
+the ACK messages were encrypted with the symmetric cipher. Potentially,
+it could even send it's own symmetric key to the server (if it knew the
+server's public key) and read some of the metadata the server would
+send it (it was impossible for the mitm to read actual network packets
+though). The new scheme however prevents this.
+
+   This new scheme makes sure that first of all, symmetric keys are
+exchanged. The rest of the messages are then encrypted with the
+symmetric cipher. Then, each side can only read received messages if
+they have their private key. The challenge is there to let the other
+side know that the private key is really known, because a challenge
+reply can only be sent back if the challenge is decrypted correctly,
+and that can only be done with knowledge of the private key.
+
+   Fourth: the first thing that is send via the symmetric cipher
+encrypted connection is a totally random string, so that there is no
+known plaintext (for an attacker) in the beginning of the encrypted
+stream.
+
+
+File: tinc.info,  Node: Encryption of network packets,  Prev: Authentication protocol,  Up: Security
+
+Encryption of network packet
+----------------------------
+
+   A data packet can only be sent if the encryption key is known to both
+parties, and the connection is  activated. If the encryption key is not
+known, a request is sent to the destination using the meta connection
+to retrieve it. The packet is stored in a queue while waiting for the
+key to arrive.
+
+   The UDP packet containing the network packet from the VPN has the
+following layout:
+
+     ... | IP header | UDP header | seqno | VPN packet | MAC | UDP trailer
+                                  \___________________/\_____/
+                                            |             |
+                                            V             +---> digest algorithm
+                              Encrypted with symmetric cipher
+
+   So, the entire VPN packet is encrypted using a symmetric cipher. A
+32 bits sequence number is added in front of the actual VPN packet, to
+act as a unique IV for each packet and to prevent replay attacks. A
+message authentication code is added to the UDP packet to prevent
+alteration of packets. By default the first 4 bytes of the digest are
+used for this, but this can be changed using the MACLength
+configuration variable.
+
+
+File: tinc.info,  Node: About us,  Next: Concept Index,  Prev: Technical information,  Up: Top
+
+About us
+********
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Contact Information::
+* Authors::
+
+
+File: tinc.info,  Node: Contact Information,  Next: Authors,  Prev: About us,  Up: About us
+
+Contact information
+===================
+
+   tinc's website is at <http://tinc.nl.linux.org/>, this server is
+located in the Netherlands.
+
+   We have an IRC channel on the Open Projects IRC network.  Connect to
+irc.openprojects.net (http://openprojects.nu/services/irc.html), and
+join channel #tinc.
+
+
+File: tinc.info,  Node: Authors,  Prev: Contact Information,  Up: About us
+
+Authors
+=======
+
+Ivo Timmermans (zarq) (<itimmermans@bigfoot.com>)
+     Main coder/hacker and maintainer of the package.
+
+Guus Sliepen (guus) (<guus@sliepen.warande.net>)
+     Originator of it all, co-author.
+
+Wessel Dankers (Ubiq) (<wsl@nl.linux.org>)
+     For the name `tinc' and various suggestions.
+
+   We have received a lot of valuable input from users.  With their
+help, tinc has become the flexible and robust tool that it is today.
+We have composed a list of contributions, in the file called `THANKS' in
+the source distribution.
+
+
+File: tinc.info,  Node: Concept Index,  Prev: About us,  Up: Top
+
+Concept Index
+*************
+
+* Menu:
+
+* ACK:                                   Authentication protocol.
+* ADD_EDGE:                              The meta-protocol.
+* ADD_SUBNET:                            The meta-protocol.
+* Address:                               Host configuration variables.
+* AddressFamily:                         Main configuration variables.
+* ANS_KEY:                               The meta-protocol.
+* arp <1>:                               Error messages.
+* arp:                                   Network interfaces.
+* authentication:                        Authentication protocol.
+* binary package:                        Building and installing tinc.
+* BindToInterface:                       Main configuration variables.
+* Cabal:                                 Security.
+* CHAL_REPLY:                            Authentication protocol.
+* CHALLENGE:                             Authentication protocol.
+* CIDR notation:                         Host configuration variables.
+* Cipher:                                Host configuration variables.
+* client:                                How connections work.
+* command line:                          Runtime options.
+* Compression:                           Host configuration variables.
+* connection:                            The connection.
+* ConnectTo:                             Main configuration variables.
+* daemon:                                Running tinc.
+* data-protocol:                         The meta-connection.
+* Debian:                                Configuring the kernel.
+* debug level:                           Runtime options.
+* DEL_EDGE:                              The meta-protocol.
+* Device:                                Main configuration variables.
+* device files:                          Device files.
+* Digest:                                Host configuration variables.
+* encapsulating:                         The UDP tunnel.
+* encryption:                            Encryption of network packets.
+* ethertap:                              Configuring the kernel.
+* example:                               Example configuration.
+* frame type:                            The UDP tunnel.
+* FreeBSD:                               Supported platforms.
+* hardware address:                      Network interfaces.
+* Hostnames:                             Main configuration variables.
+* hub:                                   Main configuration variables.
+* ID:                                    Authentication protocol.
+* ifconfig:                              Network interfaces.
+* IndirectData:                          Host configuration variables.
+* Interface:                             Main configuration variables.
+* IRC:                                   Contact Information.
+* Kernel-HOWTO:                          Configuring the kernel.
+* key generation:                        Generating keypairs.
+* KEY_CHANGED:                           The meta-protocol.
+* KeyExpire:                             Main configuration variables.
+* libraries:                             Libraries.
+* license:                               OpenSSL.
+* Linux:                                 Supported platforms.
+* MAC address:                           Network interfaces.
+* MACExpire:                             Main configuration variables.
+* MACLength:                             Host configuration variables.
+* meta-protocol:                         The meta-connection.
+* META_KEY:                              Authentication protocol.
+* Mode:                                  Main configuration variables.
+* multiple networks:                     Multiple networks.
+* Name:                                  Main configuration variables.
+* netlink_dev:                           Configuring the kernel.
+* netmask:                               Network interfaces.
+* netname:                               Multiple networks.
+* Network Administrators Guide:          Configuration introduction.
+* OpenBSD:                               Supported platforms.
+* OpenSSL:                               OpenSSL.
+* options:                               Runtime options.
+* PEM format:                            Host configuration variables.
+* PING:                                  The meta-protocol.
+* PingTimeout:                           Main configuration variables.
+* platforms:                             Supported platforms.
+* PONG:                                  The meta-protocol.
+* Port:                                  Host configuration variables.
+* port numbers:                          Other files.
+* PriorityInheritance:                   Main configuration variables.
+* private:                               VPNs.
+* PrivateKey:                            Main configuration variables.
+* PrivateKeyFile:                        Main configuration variables.
+* PublicKey:                             Host configuration variables.
+* PublicKeyFile:                         Host configuration variables.
+* RedHat:                                Configuring the kernel.
+* release:                               Supported platforms.
+* REQ_KEY:                               The meta-protocol.
+* requirements:                          Libraries.
+* router:                                Main configuration variables.
+* runtime options:                       Runtime options.
+* scalability:                           tinc.
+* server:                                How connections work.
+* Solaris:                               Supported platforms.
+* Subnet:                                Host configuration variables.
+* SVPN:                                  Security.
+* switch:                                Main configuration variables.
+* TCP:                                   The meta-connection.
+* TCPonly:                               Host configuration variables.
+* TINC:                                  Security.
+* tinc:                                  Introduction.
+* tinc-up:                               Network interfaces.
+* tincd:                                 tinc.
+* Traditional VPNs:                      tinc.
+* tun:                                   Configuring the kernel.
+* UDP <1>:                               Encryption of network packets.
+* UDP:                                   The UDP tunnel.
+* virtual:                               VPNs.
+* virtual network device:                The UDP tunnel.
+* VPN:                                   VPNs.
+* vpnd:                                  tinc.
+* website:                               Contact Information.
+* zlib:                                  zlib.
+
+

doc/tincd.8

@@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
+.Dd 2002-03-25
+.Dt TINCD 8
+.\" Manual page created by:
+.\" Ivo Timmermans <itimmermans@bigfoot.com>
+.\" Guus Sliepen <guus@sliepen.warande.net>
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm tincd
+.Nd tinc VPN daemon
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl cdDkKn
+.Op Fl -bypass-security
+.Op Fl -config Ns = Ns Ar DIR
+.Op Fl -debug Ns = Ns Ar LEVEL
+.Op Fl -generate-keys Ns Op = Ns Ar BITS
+.Op Fl -help
+.Op Fl -kill Ns = Ns Ar SIGNAL
+.Op Fl -net Ns = Ns Ar NETNAME
+.Op Fl -no-detach
+.Op Fl -version
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+This is the daemon of tinc, a secure virtual private network (VPN) project.
+When started,
+.Nm
+will read it's configuration file to determine what virtual subnets it has to serve
+and to what other tinc daemons it should connect.
+It will connect to the ethertap or tun/tap device
+and set up a socket for incoming connections.
+Optionally a script will be executed to further configure the virtual device.
+If that succeeds,
+it will detach from the controlling terminal and continue in the background,
+accepting and setting up connections to other tinc daemons
+that are part of the virtual private network.
+.Sh OPTIONS
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Fl -bypass-security
+Disables encryption and authentication.
+Only useful for debugging.
+.It Fl c, -config Ns = Ns Ar DIR
+Read configuration options from
+.Ar DIR .
+.It Fl d, -debug Ns Op = Ns Ar LEVEL
+Increase debug level or set it to
+.Ar LEVEL
+(see below).
+.It Fl K, -generate-keys Ns Op = Ns Ar BITS
+Generate public/private RSA keypair and exit.
+If
+.Ar BITS
+is omitted, the default length will be 1024 bits.
+.It Fl -help
+Display short list of options.
+.It Fl k, -kill Ns Op = Ns Ar SIGNAL
+Attempt to kill a running
+.Nm
+(optionally with the specified
+.Ar SIGNAL
+instead of SIGTERM) and exit.
+.It Fl n, -net Ns = Ns Ar NETNAME
+Connect to net
+.Ar NETNAME .
+.It Fl D, -no-detach
+Don't fork and detach.
+This will also disable the automatic restart mechanism for fatal errors.
+.It Fl -version
+Output version information and exit.
+.El
+.Sh SIGNALS
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It ALRM
+Forces
+.Nm
+to try to connect to all uplinks immediately.
+Usually
+.Nm
+attempts to do this itself,
+but increases the time it waits between the attempts each time it failed,
+and if
+.Nm
+didn't succeed to connect to an uplink the first time after it started,
+it defaults to the maximum time of 15 minutes.
+.It HUP
+Closes all connections, rereads the configuration file and restarts the daemon.
+.It INT
+Temporarily increases debug level to 5.
+Send this signal again to revert to the original level.
+.It USR1
+Dumps the connection list to syslog.
+.It USR2
+Dumps virtual network device statistics, all known nodes, edges and subnets to syslog.
+.It WINCH
+Purges all information remembered about unreachable nodes.
+.El
+.Sh DEBUG LEVELS
+The tinc daemon can send a lot of messages to the syslog.
+The higher the debug level,
+the more messages it will log.
+Each level inherits all messages of the previous level:
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It 0
+This will log a message indicating
+.Nm
+has started along with a version number.
+It will also any serious error.
+.It 1
+This will log all connections that are made with other tinc daemons.
+.It 2
+This will log status and error messages from other tinc daemons.
+.It 3
+This will log all requests that are exchanged with other tinc daemons. These include
+authentication, key exchange and connection list updates.
+.It 4
+This will log a copy of everything received on the meta socket.
+.It 5
+This will log all network traffic over the virtual private network.
+.El
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /tinc.conf
+The configuration file for
+.Nm .
+.It Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /tinc-up
+Script which is executed as soon as the virtual network device has been allocated.
+Purpose is to further configure that device.
+.It Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /tinc-down
+Script which is executed when
+.Nm
+exits.
+Purpose is to cleanly shut down the virtual network device before it will be deallocated.
+.It Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /hosts/*
+The directory containing the host configuration files
+used to authenticate other tinc daemons.
+.It Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /hosts/ Ns Ar NAME Ns Pa -up
+Script which is executed as soon as host
+.Ar NAME
+becomes reachable.
+.It Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /hosts/ Ns Ar NAME Ns Pa -down
+Script which is executed as soon as host
+.Ar NAME
+becomes unreachable.
+.It Pa /var/run/tinc. Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa .pid
+The PID of the currently running
+.Nm
+is stored in this file.
+.El
+.Sh BUGS
+The
+.Va BindToInterface
+option may not work correctly.
+.Pp
+.Sy The cryptography in tinc is not well tested yet. Use it at your own risk!
+.Pp
+If you find any bugs, report them to tinc@nl.linux.org.
+.Sh TODO
+A lot, especially security auditing.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr tinc.conf 5 ,
+.Pa http://tinc.nl.linux.org/ ,
+.Pa http://www.cabal.org/ .
+.Pp
+The full documentation for tinc is maintained as a Texinfo manual.
+If the info and tinc programs are properly installed at your site,
+the command
+.Ic info tinc
+should give you access to the complete manual.
+.Pp
+tinc comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY.
+This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions;
+see the file COPYING for details.
+.Sh AUTHORS
+.An "Ivo Timmermans" Aq itimmermans@bigfoot.com
+.An "Guus Sliepen" Aq guus@sliepen.warande.net
+.Pp
+And thanks to many others for their contributions to tinc!

install-sh

@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+#
+# install - install a program, script, or datafile
+# This comes from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh).
+#
+# Copyright 1991 by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology
+#
+# Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+# documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+# the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+# documentation, and that the name of M.I.T. not be used in advertising or
+# publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
+# written prior permission.  M.I.T. makes no representations about the
+# suitability of this software for any purpose.  It is provided "as is"
+# without express or implied warranty.
+#
+# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
+# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
+# when there is no Makefile.
+#
+# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
+# from scratch.  It can only install one file at a time, a restriction
+# shared with many OS's install programs.
+
+
+# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
+
+# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
+doit="${DOITPROG-}"
+
+
+# put in absolute paths if you don't have them in your path; or use env. vars.
+
+mvprog="${MVPROG-mv}"
+cpprog="${CPPROG-cp}"
+chmodprog="${CHMODPROG-chmod}"
+chownprog="${CHOWNPROG-chown}"
+chgrpprog="${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}"
+stripprog="${STRIPPROG-strip}"
+rmprog="${RMPROG-rm}"
+mkdirprog="${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}"
+
+transformbasename=""
+transform_arg=""
+instcmd="$mvprog"
+chmodcmd="$chmodprog 0755"
+chowncmd=""
+chgrpcmd=""
+stripcmd=""
+rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
+mvcmd="$mvprog"
+src=""
+dst=""
+dir_arg=""
+
+while [ x"$1" != x ]; do
+    case $1 in
+	-c) instcmd="$cpprog"
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-d) dir_arg=true
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-m) chmodcmd="$chmodprog $2"
+	    shift
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
+	    shift
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
+	    shift
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-s) stripcmd="$stripprog"
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-t=*) transformarg=`echo $1 | sed 's/-t=//'`
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-b=*) transformbasename=`echo $1 | sed 's/-b=//'`
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	*)  if [ x"$src" = x ]
+	    then
+		src=$1
+	    else
+		# this colon is to work around a 386BSD /bin/sh bug
+		:
+		dst=$1
+	    fi
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+    esac
+done
+
+if [ x"$src" = x ]
+then
+	echo "install:	no input file specified"
+	exit 1
+else
+	true
+fi
+
+if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]; then
+	dst=$src
+	src=""
+	
+	if [ -d $dst ]; then
+		instcmd=:
+		chmodcmd=""
+	else
+		instcmd=mkdir
+	fi
+else
+
+# Waiting for this to be detected by the "$instcmd $src $dsttmp" command
+# might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad 
+# if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
+
+	if [ -f $src -o -d $src ]
+	then
+		true
+	else
+		echo "install:  $src does not exist"
+		exit 1
+	fi
+	
+	if [ x"$dst" = x ]
+	then
+		echo "install:	no destination specified"
+		exit 1
+	else
+		true
+	fi
+
+# If destination is a directory, append the input filename; if your system
+# does not like double slashes in filenames, you may need to add some logic
+
+	if [ -d $dst ]
+	then
+		dst="$dst"/`basename $src`
+	else
+		true
+	fi
+fi
+
+## this sed command emulates the dirname command
+dstdir=`echo $dst | sed -e 's,[^/]*$,,;s,/$,,;s,^$,.,'`
+
+# Make sure that the destination directory exists.
+#  this part is taken from Noah Friedman's mkinstalldirs script
+
+# Skip lots of stat calls in the usual case.
+if [ ! -d "$dstdir" ]; then
+defaultIFS='	
+'
+IFS="${IFS-${defaultIFS}}"
+
+oIFS="${IFS}"
+# Some sh's can't handle IFS=/ for some reason.
+IFS='%'
+set - `echo ${dstdir} | sed -e 's@/@%@g' -e 's@^%@/@'`
+IFS="${oIFS}"
+
+pathcomp=''
+
+while [ $# -ne 0 ] ; do
+	pathcomp="${pathcomp}${1}"
+	shift
+
+	if [ ! -d "${pathcomp}" ] ;
+        then
+		$mkdirprog "${pathcomp}"
+	else
+		true
+	fi
+
+	pathcomp="${pathcomp}/"
+done
+fi
+
+if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]
+then
+	$doit $instcmd $dst &&
+
+	if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
+	if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
+	if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
+	if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dst; else true ; fi
+else
+
+# If we're going to rename the final executable, determine the name now.
+
+	if [ x"$transformarg" = x ] 
+	then
+		dstfile=`basename $dst`
+	else
+		dstfile=`basename $dst $transformbasename | 
+			sed $transformarg`$transformbasename
+	fi
+
+# don't allow the sed command to completely eliminate the filename
+
+	if [ x"$dstfile" = x ] 
+	then
+		dstfile=`basename $dst`
+	else
+		true
+	fi
+
+# Make a temp file name in the proper directory.
+
+	dsttmp=$dstdir/#inst.$$#
+
+# Move or copy the file name to the temp name
+
+	$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp &&
+
+	trap "rm -f ${dsttmp}" 0 &&
+
+# and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits
+
+# If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing.  If we want to
+# ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
+# errors from the above "$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp" command.
+
+	if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
+	if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
+	if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
+	if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
+
+# Now rename the file to the real destination.
+
+	$doit $rmcmd -f $dstdir/$dstfile &&
+	$doit $mvcmd $dsttmp $dstdir/$dstfile 
+
+fi &&
+
+
+exit 0

intl/ChangeLog

@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+2001-09-13  GNU  <bug-gnu-utils@gnu.org>
+
+	* Version 0.10.40 released.
+

intl/Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,313 @@
+# Makefile for directory with message catalog handling in GNU NLS Utilities.
+# Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+# USA.
+
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+top_builddir = ..
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+
+prefix = @prefix@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+transform = @program_transform_name@
+libdir = @libdir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+datadir = @datadir@
+localedir = $(datadir)/locale
+gettextsrcdir = $(datadir)/gettext/intl
+aliaspath = $(localedir)
+subdir = intl
+
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
+mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) `case "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" in /*) echo "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" ;; *) echo "$(top_builddir)/$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" ;; esac`
+
+l = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@
+
+AR = ar
+CC = @CC@
+LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+YACC = @INTLBISON@ -y -d
+YFLAGS = --name-prefix=__gettext
+
+DEFS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" -DLOCALE_ALIAS_PATH=\"$(aliaspath)\" \
+-DLIBDIR=\"$(libdir)\" @DEFS@
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+
+COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS)
+
+HEADERS = $(COMHDRS) libgnuintl.h libgettext.h loadinfo.h
+COMHDRS = gettext.h gettextP.h hash-string.h
+SOURCES = $(COMSRCS) intl-compat.c
+COMSRCS = bindtextdom.c dcgettext.c dgettext.c gettext.c \
+finddomain.c loadmsgcat.c localealias.c textdomain.c l10nflist.c \
+explodename.c dcigettext.c dcngettext.c dngettext.c ngettext.c plural.y \
+localcharset.c
+OBJECTS = @INTLOBJS@ bindtextdom.$lo dcgettext.$lo dgettext.$lo gettext.$lo \
+finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo localealias.$lo textdomain.$lo l10nflist.$lo \
+explodename.$lo dcigettext.$lo dcngettext.$lo dngettext.$lo ngettext.$lo \
+plural.$lo localcharset.$lo
+GETTOBJS = intl-compat.$lo
+DISTFILES.common = Makefile.in \
+config.charset locale.alias ref-add.sin ref-del.sin $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+DISTFILES.generated = plural.c
+DISTFILES.normal = VERSION
+DISTFILES.gettext = COPYING.LIB-2 COPYING.LIB-2.1 libintl.glibc
+DISTFILES.obsolete = xopen-msg.sed linux-msg.sed po2tbl.sed.in cat-compat.c
+
+# Libtool's library version information for libintl.
+# Before making a gettext release, the gettext maintainer must change this
+# according to the libtool documentation, section "Library interface versions".
+# Maintainers of other packages that include the intl directory must *not*
+# change these values.
+LTV_CURRENT=1
+LTV_REVISION=1
+LTV_AGE=0
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+.SUFFIXES: .c .y .o .lo .sin .sed
+.c.o:
+	$(COMPILE) $<
+.c.lo:
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $<
+
+.y.c:
+	$(YACC) $(YFLAGS) --output $@ $<
+	rm -f $*.h
+
+.sin.sed:
+	sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/@PACKAGE@/g' $< > t-$@
+	mv t-$@ $@
+
+INCLUDES = -I.. -I. -I$(top_srcdir)/intl
+
+all: all-@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
+all-yes: libintl.$la libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed
+all-no: all-no-@BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
+all-no-yes: libgnuintl.$la
+all-no-no:
+
+libintl.a libgnuintl.a: $(OBJECTS)
+	rm -f $@
+	$(AR) cru $@ $(OBJECTS)
+	$(RANLIB) $@
+
+libintl.la libgnuintl.la: $(OBJECTS)
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=link \
+	  $(CC) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ \
+	  $(OBJECTS) @LIBICONV@ \
+	  -version-info $(LTV_CURRENT):$(LTV_REVISION):$(LTV_AGE) \
+	  -rpath $(libdir) \
+	  -no-undefined
+
+libintl.h: libgnuintl.h
+	cp $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h libintl.h
+
+charset.alias: config.charset
+	$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/config.charset '@host@' > t-$@
+	mv t-$@ $@
+
+check: all
+
+# This installation goal is only used in GNU gettext.  Packages which
+# only use the library should use install instead.
+
+# We must not install the libintl.h/libintl.a files if we are on a
+# system which has the GNU gettext() function in its C library or in a
+# separate library.
+# If you want to use the one which comes with this version of the
+# package, you have to use `configure --with-included-gettext'.
+install: install-exec install-data
+install-exec: all
+	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext" \
+	   && test '@INTLOBJS@' = '$(GETTOBJS)'; then \
+	  $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir); \
+	  $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.h $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \
+	  $(LIBTOOL) --mode=install \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.$la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+	if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
+	  $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \
+	  temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \
+	  dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \
+	  if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \
+	    orig=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \
+	    sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
+	    rm -f $$temp; \
+	  else \
+	    if test @GLIBC21@ = no; then \
+	      orig=charset.alias; \
+	      sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
+	      $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
+	      rm -f $$temp; \
+	    fi; \
+	  fi; \
+	  $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(localedir); \
+	  test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \
+	    && orig=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \
+	    || orig=$(srcdir)/locale.alias; \
+	  temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \
+	  dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \
+	  sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
+	  $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
+	  rm -f $$temp; \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+install-data: all
+	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
+	  $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
+	  $(INSTALL_DATA) VERSION $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/VERSION; \
+	  $(INSTALL_DATA) ChangeLog.inst $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/ChangeLog; \
+	  dists="COPYING.LIB-2 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common)"; \
+	  for file in $$dists; do \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$file \
+			    $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+	  done; \
+	  chmod a+x $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/config.charset; \
+	  dists="$(DISTFILES.generated)"; \
+	  for file in $$dists; do \
+	    if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $$dir/$$file \
+			    $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+	  done; \
+	  dists="$(DISTFILES.obsolete)"; \
+	  for file in $$dists; do \
+	    rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+	  done; \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+
+# Define this as empty until I found a useful application.
+installcheck:
+
+uninstall:
+	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext" \
+	   && test '@INTLOBJS@' = '$(GETTOBJS)'; then \
+	  rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \
+	  $(LIBTOOL) --mode=uninstall \
+	    rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+	if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
+	  if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \
+	    temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \
+	    dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \
+	    sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \
+	    if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \
+	      rm -f $$dest; \
+	    else \
+	      $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
+	    fi; \
+	    rm -f $$temp; \
+	  fi; \
+	  if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; then \
+	    temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \
+	    dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \
+	    sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \
+	    if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \
+	      rm -f $$dest; \
+	    else \
+	      $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
+	    fi; \
+	    rm -f $$temp; \
+	  fi; \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
+	  for file in VERSION ChangeLog COPYING.LIB-2 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated); do \
+	    rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+	  done; \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+
+info dvi:
+
+$(OBJECTS): ../config.h libgnuintl.h
+bindtextdom.$lo finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo: gettextP.h gettext.h loadinfo.h
+dcgettext.$lo: gettextP.h gettext.h hash-string.h loadinfo.h
+
+tags: TAGS
+
+TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+	here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && etags -o $$here/TAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+
+id: ID
+
+ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+	here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && mkid -f$$here/ID $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+
+
+mostlyclean:
+	rm -f *.a *.la *.o *.lo core core.*
+	rm -f libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed
+	rm -f -r .libs _libs
+
+clean: mostlyclean
+
+distclean: clean
+	rm -f Makefile ID TAGS
+	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = gettext; then \
+	  rm -f ChangeLog.inst $(DISTFILES.normal); \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+
+maintainer-clean: distclean
+	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
+	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+
+
+# GNU gettext needs not contain the file `VERSION' but contains some
+# other files which should not be distributed in other packages.
+distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
+dist distdir: Makefile
+	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = gettext; then \
+	  additional="$(DISTFILES.gettext)"; \
+	else \
+	  additional="$(DISTFILES.normal)"; \
+	fi; \
+	$(MAKE) $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; \
+	for file in ChangeLog $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; do \
+	  if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \
+	  ln $$dir/$$file $(distdir) 2> /dev/null \
+	    || cp -p $$dir/$$file $(distdir); \
+	done
+
+Makefile: Makefile.in ../config.status
+	cd .. \
+	  && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:

intl/VERSION

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+GNU gettext library from gettext-0.10.40

intl/bindtextdom.c

@@ -0,0 +1,369 @@
+/* Implementation of the bindtextdomain(3) function
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* We have to handle multi-threaded applications.  */
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+#else
+/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc.  */
+# define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME)
+#endif
+
+/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
+   names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
+   using libintl.a cannot be linked statically.  */
+#if !defined _LIBC
+# define _nl_default_dirname _nl_default_dirname__
+# define _nl_domain_bindings _nl_domain_bindings__
+#endif
+
+/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>.  */
+#ifndef offsetof
+# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident))
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs.  */
+extern const char _nl_default_dirname[];
+
+/* List with bindings of specific domains.  */
+extern struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
+
+/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation.  */
+__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock)
+
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN __bindtextdomain
+# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET __bind_textdomain_codeset
+# ifndef strdup
+#  define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
+# endif
+#else
+# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN bindtextdomain__
+# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET bind_textdomain_codeset__
+#endif
+
+/* Prototypes for local functions.  */
+static void set_binding_values PARAMS ((const char *domainname,
+					const char **dirnamep,
+					const char **codesetp));
+     
+/* Specifies the directory name *DIRNAMEP and the output codeset *CODESETP
+   to be used for the DOMAINNAME message catalog.
+   If *DIRNAMEP or *CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is not
+   modified, only the current value is returned.
+   If DIRNAMEP or CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is neither
+   modified nor returned.  */
+static void
+set_binding_values (domainname, dirnamep, codesetp)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char **dirnamep;
+     const char **codesetp;
+{
+  struct binding *binding;
+  int modified;
+
+  /* Some sanity checks.  */
+  if (domainname == NULL || domainname[0] == '\0')
+    {
+      if (dirnamep)
+	*dirnamep = NULL;
+      if (codesetp)
+	*codesetp = NULL;
+      return;
+    }
+
+  __libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock);
+
+  modified = 0;
+
+  for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next)
+    {
+      int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname);
+      if (compare == 0)
+	/* We found it!  */
+	break;
+      if (compare < 0)
+	{
+	  /* It is not in the list.  */
+	  binding = NULL;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (binding != NULL)
+    {
+      if (dirnamep)
+	{
+	  const char *dirname = *dirnamep;
+
+	  if (dirname == NULL)
+	    /* The current binding has be to returned.  */
+	    *dirnamep = binding->dirname;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* The domain is already bound.  If the new value and the old
+		 one are equal we simply do nothing.  Otherwise replace the
+		 old binding.  */
+	      char *result = binding->dirname;
+	      if (strcmp (dirname, result) != 0)
+		{
+		  if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
+		    result = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
+		  else
+		    {
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+		      result = strdup (dirname);
+#else
+		      size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
+		      result = (char *) malloc (len);
+		      if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
+			memcpy (result, dirname, len);
+#endif
+		    }
+
+		  if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
+		    {
+		      if (binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
+			free (binding->dirname);
+
+		      binding->dirname = result;
+		      modified = 1;
+		    }
+		}
+	      *dirnamep = result;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (codesetp)
+	{
+	  const char *codeset = *codesetp;
+
+	  if (codeset == NULL)
+	    /* The current binding has be to returned.  */
+	    *codesetp = binding->codeset;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* The domain is already bound.  If the new value and the old
+		 one are equal we simply do nothing.  Otherwise replace the
+		 old binding.  */
+	      char *result = binding->codeset;
+	      if (result == NULL || strcmp (codeset, result) != 0)
+		{
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+		  result = strdup (codeset);
+#else
+		  size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1;
+		  result = (char *) malloc (len);
+		  if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
+		    memcpy (result, codeset, len);
+#endif
+
+		  if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
+		    {
+		      if (binding->codeset != NULL)
+			free (binding->codeset);
+
+		      binding->codeset = result;
+		      binding->codeset_cntr++;
+		      modified = 1;
+		    }
+		}
+	      *codesetp = result;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  else if ((dirnamep == NULL || *dirnamep == NULL)
+	   && (codesetp == NULL || *codesetp == NULL))
+    {
+      /* Simply return the default values.  */
+      if (dirnamep)
+	*dirnamep = _nl_default_dirname;
+      if (codesetp)
+	*codesetp = NULL;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* We have to create a new binding.  */
+      size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
+      struct binding *new_binding =
+	(struct binding *) malloc (offsetof (struct binding, domainname) + len);
+
+      if (__builtin_expect (new_binding == NULL, 0))
+	goto failed;
+
+      memcpy (new_binding->domainname, domainname, len);
+
+      if (dirnamep)
+	{
+	  const char *dirname = *dirnamep;
+
+	  if (dirname == NULL)
+	    /* The default value.  */
+	    dirname = _nl_default_dirname;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
+		dirname = _nl_default_dirname;
+	      else
+		{
+		  char *result;
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+		  result = strdup (dirname);
+		  if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
+		    goto failed_dirname;
+#else
+		  size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
+		  result = (char *) malloc (len);
+		  if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
+		    goto failed_dirname;
+		  memcpy (result, dirname, len);
+#endif
+		  dirname = result;
+		}
+	    }
+	  *dirnamep = dirname;
+	  new_binding->dirname = (char *) dirname;
+	}
+      else
+	/* The default value.  */
+	new_binding->dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
+
+      new_binding->codeset_cntr = 0;
+
+      if (codesetp)
+	{
+	  const char *codeset = *codesetp;
+
+	  if (codeset != NULL)
+	    {
+	      char *result;
+
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+	      result = strdup (codeset);
+	      if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
+		goto failed_codeset;
+#else
+	      size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1;
+	      result = (char *) malloc (len);
+	      if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
+		goto failed_codeset;
+	      memcpy (result, codeset, len);
+#endif
+	      codeset = result;
+	      new_binding->codeset_cntr++;
+	    }
+	  *codesetp = codeset;
+	  new_binding->codeset = (char *) codeset;
+	}
+      else
+	new_binding->codeset = NULL;
+
+      /* Now enqueue it.  */
+      if (_nl_domain_bindings == NULL
+	  || strcmp (domainname, _nl_domain_bindings->domainname) < 0)
+	{
+	  new_binding->next = _nl_domain_bindings;
+	  _nl_domain_bindings = new_binding;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  binding = _nl_domain_bindings;
+	  while (binding->next != NULL
+		 && strcmp (domainname, binding->next->domainname) > 0)
+	    binding = binding->next;
+
+	  new_binding->next = binding->next;
+	  binding->next = new_binding;
+	}
+
+      modified = 1;
+
+      /* Here we deal with memory allocation failures.  */
+      if (0)
+	{
+	failed_codeset:
+	  if (new_binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
+	    free (new_binding->dirname);
+	failed_dirname:
+	  free (new_binding);
+	failed:
+	  if (dirnamep)
+	    *dirnamep = NULL;
+	  if (codesetp)
+	    *codesetp = NULL;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* If we modified any binding, we flush the caches.  */
+  if (modified)
+    ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+
+  __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
+}
+
+/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
+   in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base.  */
+char *
+BINDTEXTDOMAIN (domainname, dirname)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *dirname;
+{
+  set_binding_values (domainname, &dirname, NULL);
+  return (char *) dirname;
+}
+
+/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
+   DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned.  */
+char *
+BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET (domainname, codeset)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *codeset;
+{
+  set_binding_values (domainname, NULL, &codeset);
+  return (char *) codeset;
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Aliases for function names in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__bindtextdomain, bindtextdomain);
+weak_alias (__bind_textdomain_codeset, bind_textdomain_codeset);
+#endif

intl/config.charset

@@ -0,0 +1,438 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Output a system dependent table of character encoding aliases.
+#
+#   Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+#   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+#   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+#   any later version.
+#
+#   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+#   Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+#   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+#   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+#   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+#   USA.
+#
+# The table consists of lines of the form
+#    ALIAS  CANONICAL
+#
+# ALIAS is the (system dependent) result of "nl_langinfo (CODESET)".
+# ALIAS is compared in a case sensitive way.
+#
+# CANONICAL is the GNU canonical name for this character encoding.
+# It must be an encoding supported by libiconv. Support by GNU libc is
+# also desirable. CANONICAL is case insensitive. Usually an upper case
+# MIME charset name is preferred.
+# The current list of GNU canonical charset names is as follows.
+#
+#       name                         used by which systems         a MIME name?
+#   ASCII, ANSI_X3.4-1968     glibc solaris freebsd
+#   ISO-8859-1                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
+#   ISO-8859-2                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
+#   ISO-8859-3                glibc                                     yes
+#   ISO-8859-4                osf solaris freebsd                       yes
+#   ISO-8859-5                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
+#   ISO-8859-6                glibc aix hpux solaris                    yes
+#   ISO-8859-7                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris           yes
+#   ISO-8859-8                glibc aix hpux osf solaris                yes
+#   ISO-8859-9                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris           yes
+#   ISO-8859-13               glibc
+#   ISO-8859-15               glibc aix osf solaris freebsd
+#   KOI8-R                    glibc solaris freebsd                     yes
+#   KOI8-U                    glibc freebsd                             yes
+#   CP437                     dos
+#   CP775                     dos
+#   CP850                     aix osf dos
+#   CP852                     dos
+#   CP855                     dos
+#   CP856                     aix
+#   CP857                     dos
+#   CP861                     dos
+#   CP862                     dos
+#   CP864                     dos
+#   CP865                     dos
+#   CP866                     freebsd dos
+#   CP869                     dos
+#   CP874                     win32 dos
+#   CP922                     aix
+#   CP932                     aix win32 dos
+#   CP943                     aix
+#   CP949                     osf win32 dos
+#   CP950                     win32 dos
+#   CP1046                    aix
+#   CP1124                    aix
+#   CP1129                    aix
+#   CP1250                    win32
+#   CP1251                    glibc win32
+#   CP1252                    aix win32
+#   CP1253                    win32
+#   CP1254                    win32
+#   CP1255                    win32
+#   CP1256                    win32
+#   CP1257                    win32
+#   GB2312                    glibc aix hpux irix solaris freebsd       yes
+#   EUC-JP                    glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
+#   EUC-KR                    glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
+#   EUC-TW                    glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris
+#   BIG5                      glibc aix hpux osf solaris freebsd        yes
+#   BIG5-HKSCS                glibc
+#   GBK                       aix osf win32 dos
+#   GB18030                   glibc
+#   SHIFT_JIS                 hpux osf solaris freebsd                  yes
+#   JOHAB                     glibc win32
+#   TIS-620                   glibc aix hpux osf solaris
+#   VISCII                    glibc                                     yes
+#   HP-ROMAN8                 hpux
+#   HP-ARABIC8                hpux
+#   HP-GREEK8                 hpux
+#   HP-HEBREW8                hpux
+#   HP-TURKISH8               hpux
+#   HP-KANA8                  hpux
+#   DEC-KANJI                 osf
+#   DEC-HANYU                 osf
+#   UTF-8                     glibc aix hpux osf solaris                yes
+#
+# Note: Names which are not marked as being a MIME name should not be used in
+# Internet protocols for information interchange (mail, news, etc.).
+#
+# Note: ASCII and ANSI_X3.4-1968 are synonymous canonical names. Applications
+# must understand both names and treat them as equivalent.
+#
+# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
+#    CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+# or
+#    CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+
+host="$1"
+os=`echo "$host" | sed -e 's/^[^-]*-[^-]*-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
+echo "# This file contains a table of character encoding aliases,"
+echo "# suitable for operating system '${os}'."
+echo "# It was automatically generated from config.charset."
+# List of references, updated during installation:
+echo "# Packages using this file: "
+case "$os" in
+    linux* | *-gnu*)
+	# With glibc-2.1 or newer, we don't need any canonicalization,
+	# because glibc has iconv and both glibc and libiconv support all
+	# GNU canonical names directly. Therefore, the Makefile does not
+	# need to install the alias file at all.
+	# The following applies only to glibc-2.0.x and older libcs.
+	echo "ISO_646.IRV:1983 ASCII"
+	;;
+    aix*)
+	echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+	echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
+	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+	echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
+	echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+	echo "IBM-850 CP850"
+	echo "IBM-856 CP856"
+	echo "IBM-921 ISO-8859-13"
+	echo "IBM-922 CP922"
+	echo "IBM-932 CP932"
+	echo "IBM-943 CP943"
+	echo "IBM-1046 CP1046"
+	echo "IBM-1124 CP1124"
+	echo "IBM-1129 CP1129"
+	echo "IBM-1252 CP1252"
+	echo "IBM-eucCN GB2312"
+	echo "IBM-eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "IBM-eucKR EUC-KR"
+	echo "IBM-eucTW EUC-TW"
+	echo "big5 BIG5"
+	echo "GBK GBK"
+	echo "TIS-620 TIS-620"
+	echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
+	;;
+    hpux*)
+	echo "iso88591 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "iso88592 ISO-8859-2"
+	echo "iso88595 ISO-8859-5"
+	echo "iso88596 ISO-8859-6"
+	echo "iso88597 ISO-8859-7"
+	echo "iso88598 ISO-8859-8"
+	echo "iso88599 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "iso885915 ISO-8859-15"
+	echo "roman8 HP-ROMAN8"
+	echo "arabic8 HP-ARABIC8"
+	echo "greek8 HP-GREEK8"
+	echo "hebrew8 HP-HEBREW8"
+	echo "turkish8 HP-TURKISH8"
+	echo "kana8 HP-KANA8"
+	echo "tis620 TIS-620"
+	echo "big5 BIG5"
+	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
+	echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
+	echo "hp15CN GB2312"
+	#echo "ccdc ?" # what is this?
+	echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
+	echo "utf8 UTF-8"
+	;;
+    irix*)
+	echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+	echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "eucCN GB2312"
+	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
+	echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
+	;;
+    osf*)
+	echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
+	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+	echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
+	echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+	echo "cp850 CP850"
+	echo "big5 BIG5"
+	echo "dechanyu DEC-HANYU"
+	echo "dechanzi GB2312"
+	echo "deckanji DEC-KANJI"
+	echo "deckorean EUC-KR"
+	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
+	echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
+	echo "GBK GBK"
+	echo "KSC5601 CP949"
+	echo "sdeckanji EUC-JP"
+	echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
+	echo "TACTIS TIS-620"
+	echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
+	;;
+    solaris*)
+	echo "646 ASCII"
+	echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
+	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+	echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
+	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+	echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
+	echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+	echo "koi8-r KOI8-R"
+	echo "BIG5 BIG5"
+	echo "gb2312 GB2312"
+	echo "cns11643 EUC-TW"
+	echo "5601 EUC-KR"
+	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "PCK SHIFT_JIS"
+	echo "TIS620.2533 TIS-620"
+	#echo "sun_eu_greek ?" # what is this?
+	echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
+	;;
+    freebsd*)
+	# FreeBSD 4.2 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
+	# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
+	# from the environment variables.
+	echo "C ASCII"
+	echo "US-ASCII ASCII"
+	for l in la_LN lt_LN; do
+	  echo "$l.ASCII ASCII"
+	done
+	for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \
+	         fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT la_LN \
+	         lt_LN nl_BE nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do
+	  echo "$l.ISO_8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	  echo "$l.DIS_8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+	done
+	for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN lt_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do
+	  echo "$l.ISO_8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	done
+	for l in la_LN lt_LT; do
+	  echo "$l.ISO_8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
+	done
+	for l in ru_RU ru_SU; do
+	  echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R"
+	  echo "$l.ISO_8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+	  echo "$l.CP866 CP866"
+	done
+	echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U"
+	echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5"
+	echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5"
+	echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312"
+	echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP"
+	echo "ja_JP.SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
+	echo "ja_JP.Shift_JIS SHIFT_JIS"
+	echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR"
+	;;
+    beos*)
+	# BeOS has a single locale, and it has UTF-8 encoding.
+	echo "* UTF-8"
+	;;
+    msdosdjgpp*)
+	# DJGPP 2.03 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
+	# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
+	# from the environment variables.
+	echo "#"
+	echo "# The encodings given here may not all be correct."
+	echo "# If you find that the encoding given for your language and"
+	echo "# country is not the one your DOS machine actually uses, just"
+	echo "# correct it in this file, and send a mail to"
+	echo "# Juan Manuel Guerrero <st001906@hrz1.hrz.tu-darmstadt.de>"
+	echo "# and Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>."
+	echo "#"
+	echo "C ASCII"
+	# ISO-8859-1 languages
+	echo "ca CP850"
+	echo "ca_ES CP850"
+	echo "da CP865"    # not CP850 ??
+	echo "da_DK CP865" # not CP850 ??
+	echo "de CP850"
+	echo "de_AT CP850"
+	echo "de_CH CP850"
+	echo "de_DE CP850"
+	echo "en CP850"
+	echo "en_AU CP850" # not CP437 ??
+	echo "en_CA CP850"
+	echo "en_GB CP850"
+	echo "en_NZ CP437"
+	echo "en_US CP437"
+	echo "en_ZA CP850" # not CP437 ??
+	echo "es CP850"
+	echo "es_AR CP850"
+	echo "es_BO CP850"
+	echo "es_CL CP850"
+	echo "es_CO CP850"
+	echo "es_CR CP850"
+	echo "es_CU CP850"
+	echo "es_DO CP850"
+	echo "es_EC CP850"
+	echo "es_ES CP850"
+	echo "es_GT CP850"
+	echo "es_HN CP850"
+	echo "es_MX CP850"
+	echo "es_NI CP850"
+	echo "es_PA CP850"
+	echo "es_PY CP850"
+	echo "es_PE CP850"
+	echo "es_SV CP850"
+	echo "es_UY CP850"
+	echo "es_VE CP850"
+	echo "et CP850"
+	echo "et_EE CP850"
+	echo "eu CP850"
+	echo "eu_ES CP850"
+	echo "fi CP850"
+	echo "fi_FI CP850"
+	echo "fr CP850"
+	echo "fr_BE CP850"
+	echo "fr_CA CP850"
+	echo "fr_CH CP850"
+	echo "fr_FR CP850"
+	echo "ga CP850"
+	echo "ga_IE CP850"
+	echo "gd CP850"
+	echo "gd_GB CP850"
+	echo "gl CP850"
+	echo "gl_ES CP850"
+	echo "id CP850"    # not CP437 ??
+	echo "id_ID CP850" # not CP437 ??
+	echo "is CP861"    # not CP850 ??
+	echo "is_IS CP861" # not CP850 ??
+	echo "it CP850"
+	echo "it_CH CP850"
+	echo "it_IT CP850"
+	echo "lt CP775"
+	echo "lt_LT CP775"
+	echo "lv CP775"
+	echo "lv_LV CP775"
+	echo "nb CP865"    # not CP850 ??
+	echo "nb_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
+	echo "nl CP850"
+	echo "nl_BE CP850"
+	echo "nl_NL CP850"
+	echo "nn CP865"    # not CP850 ??
+	echo "nn_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
+	echo "no CP865"    # not CP850 ??
+	echo "no_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
+	echo "pt CP850"
+	echo "pt_BR CP850"
+	echo "pt_PT CP850"
+	echo "sv CP850"
+	echo "sv_SE CP850"
+	# ISO-8859-2 languages
+	echo "cs CP852"
+	echo "cs_CZ CP852"
+	echo "hr CP852"
+	echo "hr_HR CP852"
+	echo "hu CP852"
+	echo "hu_HU CP852"
+	echo "pl CP852"
+	echo "pl_PL CP852"
+	echo "ro CP852"
+	echo "ro_RO CP852"
+	echo "sk CP852"
+	echo "sk_SK CP852"
+	echo "sl CP852"
+	echo "sl_SI CP852"
+	echo "sq CP852"
+	echo "sq_AL CP852"
+	echo "sr CP852"    # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
+	echo "sr_YU CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
+	# ISO-8859-3 languages
+	echo "mt CP850"
+	echo "mt_MT CP850"
+	# ISO-8859-5 languages
+	echo "be CP866"
+	echo "be_BE CP866"
+	echo "bg CP866"    # not CP855 ??
+	echo "bg_BG CP866" # not CP855 ??
+	echo "mk CP866"    # not CP855 ??
+	echo "mk_MK CP866" # not CP855 ??
+	echo "ru KOI8-R"    # not CP866 ??
+	echo "ru_RU KOI8-R" # not CP866 ??
+	# ISO-8859-6 languages
+	echo "ar CP864"
+	echo "ar_AE CP864"
+	echo "ar_DZ CP864"
+	echo "ar_EG CP864"
+	echo "ar_IQ CP864"
+	echo "ar_IR CP864"
+	echo "ar_JO CP864"
+	echo "ar_KW CP864"
+	echo "ar_MA CP864"
+	echo "ar_OM CP864"
+	echo "ar_QA CP864"
+	echo "ar_SA CP864"
+	echo "ar_SY CP864"
+	# ISO-8859-7 languages
+	echo "el CP869"
+	echo "el_GR CP869"
+	# ISO-8859-8 languages
+	echo "he CP862"
+	echo "he_IL CP862"
+	# ISO-8859-9 languages
+	echo "tr CP857"
+	echo "tr_TR CP857"
+	# Japanese
+	echo "ja CP932"
+	echo "ja_JP CP932"
+	# Chinese
+	echo "zh_CN GBK"
+	echo "zh_TW CP950" # not CP938 ??
+	# Korean
+	echo "kr CP949"    # not CP934 ??
+	echo "kr_KR CP949" # not CP934 ??
+	# Thai
+	echo "th CP874"
+	echo "th_TH CP874"
+	# Other
+	echo "eo CP850"
+	echo "eo_EO CP850"
+	;;
+esac

intl/dcgettext.c

@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/* Implementation of the dcgettext(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
+# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
+#else
+# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__
+# define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
+   locale.  */
+char *
+DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, category)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid;
+     int category;
+{
+  return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, NULL, 0, 0, category);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__dcgettext, dcgettext);
+#endif

intl/dcngettext.c

@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/* Implementation of the dcngettext(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
+# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
+#else
+# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__
+# define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
+   locale.  */
+char *
+DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid1;
+     const char *msgid2;
+     unsigned long int n;
+     int category;
+{
+  return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, 1, n, category);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__dcngettext, dcngettext);
+#endif

intl/dgettext.c

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/* Implementation of the dgettext(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DGETTEXT __dgettext
+# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
+#else
+# define DGETTEXT dgettext__
+# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale.  */
+char *
+DGETTEXT (domainname, msgid)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid;
+{
+  return DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__dgettext, dgettext);
+#endif

intl/dngettext.c

@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/* Implementation of the dngettext(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DNGETTEXT __dngettext
+# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
+#else
+# define DNGETTEXT dngettext__
+# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale and skip message according to the plural form.  */
+char *
+DNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid1;
+     const char *msgid2;
+     unsigned long int n;
+{
+  return DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__dngettext, dngettext);
+#endif

intl/explodename.c

@@ -0,0 +1,192 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include "loadinfo.h"
+
+/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found.  Sigh!  */
+#ifndef NULL
+# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+#  define NULL ((void *) 0)
+# else
+#  define NULL 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+char *
+_nl_find_language (name)
+     const char *name;
+{
+  while (name[0] != '\0' && name[0] != '_' && name[0] != '@'
+	 && name[0] != '+' && name[0] != ',')
+    ++name;
+
+  return (char *) name;
+}
+
+
+int
+_nl_explode_name (name, language, modifier, territory, codeset,
+		  normalized_codeset, special, sponsor, revision)
+     char *name;
+     const char **language;
+     const char **modifier;
+     const char **territory;
+     const char **codeset;
+     const char **normalized_codeset;
+     const char **special;
+     const char **sponsor;
+     const char **revision;
+{
+  enum { undecided, xpg, cen } syntax;
+  char *cp;
+  int mask;
+
+  *modifier = NULL;
+  *territory = NULL;
+  *codeset = NULL;
+  *normalized_codeset = NULL;
+  *special = NULL;
+  *sponsor = NULL;
+  *revision = NULL;
+
+  /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name.  First
+     look for the language.  Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if
+     we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax.  */
+  mask = 0;
+  syntax = undecided;
+  *language = cp = name;
+  cp = _nl_find_language (*language);
+
+  if (*language == cp)
+    /* This does not make sense: language has to be specified.  Use
+       this entry as it is without exploding.  Perhaps it is an alias.  */
+    cp = strchr (*language, '\0');
+  else if (cp[0] == '_')
+    {
+      /* Next is the territory.  */
+      cp[0] = '\0';
+      *territory = ++cp;
+
+      while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '.' && cp[0] != '@'
+	     && cp[0] != '+' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
+	++cp;
+
+      mask |= TERRITORY;
+
+      if (cp[0] == '.')
+	{
+	  /* Next is the codeset.  */
+	  syntax = xpg;
+	  cp[0] = '\0';
+	  *codeset = ++cp;
+
+	  while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '@')
+	    ++cp;
+
+	  mask |= XPG_CODESET;
+
+	  if (*codeset != cp && (*codeset)[0] != '\0')
+	    {
+	      *normalized_codeset = _nl_normalize_codeset (*codeset,
+							   cp - *codeset);
+	      if (strcmp (*codeset, *normalized_codeset) == 0)
+		free ((char *) *normalized_codeset);
+	      else
+		mask |= XPG_NORM_CODESET;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (cp[0] == '@' || (syntax != xpg && cp[0] == '+'))
+    {
+      /* Next is the modifier.  */
+      syntax = cp[0] == '@' ? xpg : cen;
+      cp[0] = '\0';
+      *modifier = ++cp;
+
+      while (syntax == cen && cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '+'
+	     && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
+	++cp;
+
+      mask |= XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE;
+    }
+
+  if (syntax != xpg && (cp[0] == '+' || cp[0] == ',' || cp[0] == '_'))
+    {
+      syntax = cen;
+
+      if (cp[0] == '+')
+	{
+ 	  /* Next is special application (CEN syntax).  */
+	  cp[0] = '\0';
+	  *special = ++cp;
+
+	  while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
+	    ++cp;
+
+	  mask |= CEN_SPECIAL;
+	}
+
+      if (cp[0] == ',')
+	{
+ 	  /* Next is sponsor (CEN syntax).  */
+	  cp[0] = '\0';
+	  *sponsor = ++cp;
+
+	  while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '_')
+	    ++cp;
+
+	  mask |= CEN_SPONSOR;
+	}
+
+      if (cp[0] == '_')
+	{
+ 	  /* Next is revision (CEN syntax).  */
+	  cp[0] = '\0';
+	  *revision = ++cp;
+
+	  mask |= CEN_REVISION;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* For CEN syntax values it might be important to have the
+     separator character in the file name, not for XPG syntax.  */
+  if (syntax == xpg)
+    {
+      if (*territory != NULL && (*territory)[0] == '\0')
+	mask &= ~TERRITORY;
+
+      if (*codeset != NULL && (*codeset)[0] == '\0')
+	mask &= ~XPG_CODESET;
+
+      if (*modifier != NULL && (*modifier)[0] == '\0')
+	mask &= ~XPG_MODIFIER;
+    }
+
+  return mask;
+}

intl/finddomain.c

@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
+/* Handle list of needed message catalogs
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.org>, 1995.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+/* List of already loaded domains.  */
+static struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_loaded_domains;
+
+
+/* Return a data structure describing the message catalog described by
+   the DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY parameters with respect to the currently
+   established bindings.  */
+struct loaded_l10nfile *
+internal_function
+_nl_find_domain (dirname, locale, domainname, domainbinding)
+     const char *dirname;
+     char *locale;
+     const char *domainname;
+     struct binding *domainbinding;
+{
+  struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
+  const char *language;
+  const char *modifier;
+  const char *territory;
+  const char *codeset;
+  const char *normalized_codeset;
+  const char *special;
+  const char *sponsor;
+  const char *revision;
+  const char *alias_value;
+  int mask;
+
+  /* LOCALE can consist of up to four recognized parts for the XPG syntax:
+
+		language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier]
+
+     and six parts for the CEN syntax:
+
+	language[_territory][+audience][+special][,[sponsor][_revision]]
+
+     Beside the first part all of them are allowed to be missing.  If
+     the full specified locale is not found, the less specific one are
+     looked for.  The various parts will be stripped off according to
+     the following order:
+		(1) revision
+		(2) sponsor
+		(3) special
+		(4) codeset
+		(5) normalized codeset
+		(6) territory
+		(7) audience/modifier
+   */
+
+  /* If we have already tested for this locale entry there has to
+     be one data set in the list of loaded domains.  */
+  retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
+			       strlen (dirname) + 1, 0, locale, NULL, NULL,
+			       NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, domainname, 0);
+  if (retval != NULL)
+    {
+      /* We know something about this locale.  */
+      int cnt;
+
+      if (retval->decided == 0)
+	_nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding);
+
+      if (retval->data != NULL)
+	return retval;
+
+      for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
+	{
+	  if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0)
+	    _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding);
+
+	  if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
+	    break;
+	}
+      return cnt >= 0 ? retval : NULL;
+      /* NOTREACHED */
+    }
+
+  /* See whether the locale value is an alias.  If yes its value
+     *overwrites* the alias name.  No test for the original value is
+     done.  */
+  alias_value = _nl_expand_alias (locale);
+  if (alias_value != NULL)
+    {
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+      locale = strdup (alias_value);
+      if (locale == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+#else
+      size_t len = strlen (alias_value) + 1;
+      locale = (char *) malloc (len);
+      if (locale == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+
+      memcpy (locale, alias_value, len);
+#endif
+    }
+
+  /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name.  First
+     look for the language.  Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if
+     we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax.  */
+  mask = _nl_explode_name (locale, &language, &modifier, &territory,
+			   &codeset, &normalized_codeset, &special,
+			   &sponsor, &revision);
+
+  /* Create all possible locale entries which might be interested in
+     generalization.  */
+  retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
+			       strlen (dirname) + 1, mask, language, territory,
+			       codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
+			       sponsor, revision, domainname, 1);
+  if (retval == NULL)
+    /* This means we are out of core.  */
+    return NULL;
+
+  if (retval->decided == 0)
+    _nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding);
+  if (retval->data == NULL)
+    {
+      int cnt;
+      for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
+	{
+	  if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0)
+	    _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding);
+	  if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* The room for an alias was dynamically allocated.  Free it now.  */
+  if (alias_value != NULL)
+    free (locale);
+
+  /* The space for normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated.  Free it.  */
+  if (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET)
+    free ((void *) normalized_codeset);
+
+  return retval;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+static void __attribute__ ((unused))
+free_mem (void)
+{
+  struct loaded_l10nfile *runp = _nl_loaded_domains;
+
+  while (runp != NULL)
+    {
+      struct loaded_l10nfile *here = runp;
+      if (runp->data != NULL)
+	_nl_unload_domain ((struct loaded_domain *) runp->data);
+      runp = runp->next;
+      free ((char *) here->filename);
+      free (here);
+    }
+}
+
+text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem);
+#endif

intl/gettext.c

@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/* Implementation of gettext(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define __need_NULL
+# include <stddef.h>
+#else
+# include <stdlib.h>		/* Just for NULL.  */
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define GETTEXT __gettext
+# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
+#else
+# define GETTEXT gettext__
+# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale.  If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
+   text).  */
+char *
+GETTEXT (msgid)
+     const char *msgid;
+{
+  return DCGETTEXT (NULL, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__gettext, gettext);
+#endif

intl/gettext.h

@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+/* Description of GNU message catalog format: general file layout.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _GETTEXT_H
+#define _GETTEXT_H 1
+
+#if HAVE_LIMITS_H || _LIBC
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* The magic number of the GNU message catalog format.  */
+#define _MAGIC 0x950412de
+#define _MAGIC_SWAPPED 0xde120495
+
+/* Revision number of the currently used .mo (binary) file format.  */
+#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER 0
+
+/* The following contortions are an attempt to use the C preprocessor
+   to determine an unsigned integral type that is 32 bits wide.  An
+   alternative approach is to use autoconf's AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro, but
+   as of version autoconf-2.13, the AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro doesn't work
+   when cross-compiling.  */
+
+#if __STDC__
+# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 4294967295U
+#else
+# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 0xFFFFFFFF
+#endif
+
+/* If UINT_MAX isn't defined, assume it's a 32-bit type.
+   This should be valid for all systems GNU cares about because
+   that doesn't include 16-bit systems, and only modern systems
+   (that certainly have <limits.h>) have 64+-bit integral types.  */
+
+#ifndef UINT_MAX
+# define UINT_MAX UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+#endif
+
+#if UINT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+typedef unsigned nls_uint32;
+#else
+# if USHRT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+typedef unsigned short nls_uint32;
+# else
+#  if ULONG_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+typedef unsigned long nls_uint32;
+#  else
+  /* The following line is intended to throw an error.  Using #error is
+     not portable enough.  */
+  "Cannot determine unsigned 32-bit data type."
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Header for binary .mo file format.  */
+struct mo_file_header
+{
+  /* The magic number.  */
+  nls_uint32 magic;
+  /* The revision number of the file format.  */
+  nls_uint32 revision;
+  /* The number of strings pairs.  */
+  nls_uint32 nstrings;
+  /* Offset of table with start offsets of original strings.  */
+  nls_uint32 orig_tab_offset;
+  /* Offset of table with start offsets of translation strings.  */
+  nls_uint32 trans_tab_offset;
+  /* Size of hashing table.  */
+  nls_uint32 hash_tab_size;
+  /* Offset of first hashing entry.  */
+  nls_uint32 hash_tab_offset;
+};
+
+struct string_desc
+{
+  /* Length of addressed string.  */
+  nls_uint32 length;
+  /* Offset of string in file.  */
+  nls_uint32 offset;
+};
+
+/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
+
+#endif	/* gettext.h  */

intl/gettextP.h

@@ -0,0 +1,252 @@
+/* Header describing internals of libintl library.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _GETTEXTP_H
+#define _GETTEXTP_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>		/* Get size_t.  */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include "../iconv/gconv_int.h"
+#else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+#  include <iconv.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include "loadinfo.h"
+
+#include "gettext.h"		/* Get nls_uint32.  */
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if __STDC__
+#  define PARAMS(args) args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef internal_function
+# define internal_function
+#endif
+
+/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is
+   almost always true or almost always false.  */
+#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT
+# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef W
+# define W(flag, data) ((flag) ? SWAP (data) : (data))
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <byteswap.h>
+# define SWAP(i) bswap_32 (i)
+#else
+static inline nls_uint32
+SWAP (i)
+     nls_uint32 i;
+{
+  return (i << 24) | ((i & 0xff00) << 8) | ((i >> 8) & 0xff00) | (i >> 24);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/* This is the representation of the expressions to determine the
+   plural form.  */
+struct expression
+{
+  int nargs;			/* Number of arguments.  */
+  enum operator
+  {
+    /* Without arguments:  */
+    var,			/* The variable "n".  */
+    num,			/* Decimal number.  */
+    /* Unary operators:  */
+    lnot,			/* Logical NOT.  */
+    /* Binary operators:  */
+    mult,			/* Multiplication.  */
+    divide,			/* Division.  */
+    module,			/* Module operation.  */
+    plus,			/* Addition.  */
+    minus,			/* Subtraction.  */
+    less_than,			/* Comparison.  */
+    greater_than,		/* Comparison.  */
+    less_or_equal,		/* Comparison.  */
+    greater_or_equal,		/* Comparison.  */
+    equal,			/* Comparision for equality.  */
+    not_equal,			/* Comparision for inequality.  */
+    land,			/* Logical AND.  */
+    lor,			/* Logical OR.  */
+    /* Ternary operators:  */
+    qmop			/* Question mark operator.  */
+  } operation;
+  union
+  {
+    unsigned long int num;	/* Number value for `num'.  */
+    struct expression *args[3];	/* Up to three arguments.  */
+  } val;
+};
+
+/* This is the data structure to pass information to the parser and get
+   the result in a thread-safe way.  */
+struct parse_args
+{
+  const char *cp;
+  struct expression *res;
+};
+
+
+/* The representation of an opened message catalog.  */
+struct loaded_domain
+{
+  const char *data;
+  int use_mmap;
+  size_t mmap_size;
+  int must_swap;
+  nls_uint32 nstrings;
+  struct string_desc *orig_tab;
+  struct string_desc *trans_tab;
+  nls_uint32 hash_size;
+  nls_uint32 *hash_tab;
+  int codeset_cntr;
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  __gconv_t conv;
+#else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+  iconv_t conv;
+# endif
+#endif
+  char **conv_tab;
+
+  struct expression *plural;
+  unsigned long int nplurals;
+};
+
+/* We want to allocate a string at the end of the struct.  But ISO C
+   doesn't allow zero sized arrays.  */
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# define ZERO 0
+#else
+# define ZERO 1
+#endif
+
+/* A set of settings bound to a message domain.  Used to store settings
+   from bindtextdomain() and bind_textdomain_codeset().  */
+struct binding
+{
+  struct binding *next;
+  char *dirname;
+  int codeset_cntr;	/* Incremented each time codeset changes.  */
+  char *codeset;
+  char domainname[ZERO];
+};
+
+/* A counter which is incremented each time some previous translations
+   become invalid.
+   This variable is part of the external ABI of the GNU libintl.  */
+extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+
+struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_find_domain PARAMS ((const char *__dirname,
+						 char *__locale,
+						 const char *__domainname,
+					      struct binding *__domainbinding))
+     internal_function;
+void _nl_load_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain,
+			      struct binding *__domainbinding))
+     internal_function;
+void _nl_unload_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain))
+     internal_function;
+const char *_nl_init_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain_file,
+					  struct loaded_domain *__domain,
+					  struct binding *__domainbinding))
+     internal_function;
+void _nl_free_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain))
+     internal_function;
+
+char *_nl_find_msg PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
+			    struct binding *domainbinding,
+			    const char *msgid, size_t *lengthp))
+     internal_function;
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+extern char *__gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
+extern char *__dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				 const char *__msgid));
+extern char *__dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				  const char *__msgid, int __category));
+extern char *__ngettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+				 unsigned long int __n));
+extern char *__dngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				  const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+				  unsigned long int n));
+extern char *__dcngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				   const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+				   unsigned long int __n, int __category));
+extern char *__dcigettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				   const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+				   int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
+				   int __category));
+extern char *__textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
+extern char *__bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				       const char *__dirname));
+extern char *__bind_textdomain_codeset PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+						const char *__codeset));
+#else
+extern char *gettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
+extern char *dgettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				 const char *__msgid));
+extern char *dcgettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				  const char *__msgid, int __category));
+extern char *ngettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+				 unsigned long int __n));
+extern char *dngettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				  const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+				  unsigned long int __n));
+extern char *dcngettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				   const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+				   unsigned long int __n, int __category));
+extern char *dcigettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				   const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+				   int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
+				   int __category));
+extern char *textdomain__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
+extern char *bindtextdomain__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				       const char *__dirname));
+extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+						const char *__codeset));
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+extern void __gettext_free_exp PARAMS ((struct expression *exp))
+     internal_function;
+extern int __gettextparse PARAMS ((void *arg));
+#else
+extern void gettext_free_exp__ PARAMS ((struct expression *exp))
+     internal_function;
+extern int gettextparse__ PARAMS ((void *arg));
+#endif
+
+/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
+
+#endif /* gettextP.h  */

intl/hash-string.h

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/* Description of GNU message catalog format: string hashing function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if __STDC__
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* We assume to have `unsigned long int' value with at least 32 bits.  */
+#define HASHWORDBITS 32
+
+
+/* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger
+   [see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools,
+   1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.]  */
+static unsigned long int hash_string PARAMS ((const char *__str_param));
+
+static inline unsigned long int
+hash_string (str_param)
+     const char *str_param;
+{
+  unsigned long int hval, g;
+  const char *str = str_param;
+
+  /* Compute the hash value for the given string.  */
+  hval = 0;
+  while (*str != '\0')
+    {
+      hval <<= 4;
+      hval += (unsigned long int) *str++;
+      g = hval & ((unsigned long int) 0xf << (HASHWORDBITS - 4));
+      if (g != 0)
+	{
+	  hval ^= g >> (HASHWORDBITS - 8);
+	  hval ^= g;
+	}
+    }
+  return hval;
+}

intl/intl-compat.c

@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+/* intl-compat.c - Stub functions to call gettext functions from GNU gettext
+   Library.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 2000, 2001 Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "libgnuintl.h"
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* This file redirects the gettext functions (without prefix or suffix) to
+   those defined in the included GNU gettext library (with "__" suffix).
+   It is compiled into libintl when the included GNU gettext library is
+   configured --with-included-gettext.
+
+   This redirection works also in the case that the system C library or
+   the system libintl library contain gettext/textdomain/... functions.
+   If it didn't, we would need to add preprocessor level redirections to
+   libgnuintl.h of the following form:
+
+#    define gettext gettext__
+#    define dgettext dgettext__
+#    define dcgettext dcgettext__
+#    define ngettext ngettext__
+#    define dngettext dngettext__
+#    define dcngettext dcngettext__
+#    define textdomain textdomain__
+#    define bindtextdomain bindtextdomain__
+#    define bind_textdomain_codeset bind_textdomain_codeset__
+
+   How does this redirection work? There are two cases.
+   A. When libintl.a is linked into an executable, it works because
+      functions defined in the executable always override functions in
+      the shared libraries.
+   B. When libintl.so is used, it works because
+      1. those systems defining gettext/textdomain/... in the C library
+         (namely, Solaris 2.4 and newer, and GNU libc 2.0 and newer) are
+         ELF systems and define these symbols as weak, thus explicitly
+         letting other shared libraries override it.
+      2. those systems defining gettext/textdomain/... in a standalone
+         libintl.so library (namely, Solaris 2.3 and newer) have this
+         shared library in /usr/lib, and the linker will search /usr/lib
+         *after* the directory where the GNU gettext library is installed.
+
+   A third case, namely when libintl.a is linked into a shared library
+   whose name is not libintl.so, is not supported. In this case, on
+   Solaris, when -lintl precedes the linker option for the shared library
+   containing GNU gettext, the system's gettext would indeed override
+   the GNU gettext. Anyone doing this kind of stuff must be clever enough
+   to 1. compile libintl.a with -fPIC, 2. remove -lintl from his linker
+   command line.  */
+
+
+#undef gettext
+#undef dgettext
+#undef dcgettext
+#undef ngettext
+#undef dngettext
+#undef dcngettext
+#undef textdomain
+#undef bindtextdomain
+#undef bind_textdomain_codeset
+
+
+char *
+gettext (msgid)
+     const char *msgid;
+{
+  return gettext__ (msgid);
+}
+
+
+char *
+dgettext (domainname, msgid)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid;
+{
+  return dgettext__ (domainname, msgid);
+}
+
+
+char *
+dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid;
+     int category;
+{
+  return dcgettext__ (domainname, msgid, category);
+}
+
+
+char *
+ngettext (msgid1, msgid2, n)
+     const char *msgid1;
+     const char *msgid2;
+     unsigned long int n;
+{
+  return ngettext__ (msgid1, msgid2, n);
+}
+
+
+char *
+dngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid1;
+     const char *msgid2;
+     unsigned long int n;
+{
+  return dngettext__ (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n);
+}
+
+
+char *
+dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid1;
+     const char *msgid2;
+     unsigned long int n;
+     int category;
+{
+  return dcngettext__ (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category);
+}
+
+
+char *
+textdomain (domainname)
+     const char *domainname;
+{
+  return textdomain__ (domainname);
+}
+
+
+char *
+bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *dirname;
+{
+  return bindtextdomain__ (domainname, dirname);
+}
+
+
+char *
+bind_textdomain_codeset (domainname, codeset)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *codeset;
+{
+  return bind_textdomain_codeset__ (domainname, codeset);
+}

intl/l10nflist.c

@@ -0,0 +1,405 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for stpcpy().
+   This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
+   <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late.  */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE	1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <string.h>
+#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
+# ifndef strchr
+#  define strchr index
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_ARGZ_H
+# include <argz.h>
+#endif
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "loadinfo.h"
+
+/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found.  Sigh!  */
+#ifndef NULL
+# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+#  define NULL ((void *) 0)
+# else
+#  define NULL 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Rename the non ANSI C functions.  This is required by the standard
+   because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
+   file and the name space must not be polluted.  */
+# ifndef stpcpy
+#  define stpcpy(dest, src) __stpcpy(dest, src)
+# endif
+#else
+# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Define function which are usually not available.  */
+
+#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT
+/* Returns the number of strings in ARGZ.  */
+static size_t argz_count__ PARAMS ((const char *argz, size_t len));
+
+static size_t
+argz_count__ (argz, len)
+     const char *argz;
+     size_t len;
+{
+  size_t count = 0;
+  while (len > 0)
+    {
+      size_t part_len = strlen (argz);
+      argz += part_len + 1;
+      len -= part_len + 1;
+      count++;
+    }
+  return count;
+}
+# undef __argz_count
+# define __argz_count(argz, len) argz_count__ (argz, len)
+#endif	/* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT */
+
+#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY
+/* Make '\0' separated arg vector ARGZ printable by converting all the '\0's
+   except the last into the character SEP.  */
+static void argz_stringify__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t len, int sep));
+
+static void
+argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
+     char *argz;
+     size_t len;
+     int sep;
+{
+  while (len > 0)
+    {
+      size_t part_len = strlen (argz);
+      argz += part_len;
+      len -= part_len + 1;
+      if (len > 0)
+	*argz++ = sep;
+    }
+}
+# undef __argz_stringify
+# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
+#endif	/* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY */
+
+#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT
+static char *argz_next__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t argz_len,
+				  const char *entry));
+
+static char *
+argz_next__ (argz, argz_len, entry)
+     char *argz;
+     size_t argz_len;
+     const char *entry;
+{
+  if (entry)
+    {
+      if (entry < argz + argz_len)
+        entry = strchr (entry, '\0') + 1;
+
+      return entry >= argz + argz_len ? NULL : (char *) entry;
+    }
+  else
+    if (argz_len > 0)
+      return argz;
+    else
+      return 0;
+}
+# undef __argz_next
+# define __argz_next(argz, len, entry) argz_next__ (argz, len, entry)
+#endif	/* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT */
+
+
+/* Return number of bits set in X.  */
+static int pop PARAMS ((int x));
+
+static inline int
+pop (x)
+     int x;
+{
+  /* We assume that no more than 16 bits are used.  */
+  x = ((x & ~0x5555) >> 1) + (x & 0x5555);
+  x = ((x & ~0x3333) >> 2) + (x & 0x3333);
+  x = ((x >> 4) + x) & 0x0f0f;
+  x = ((x >> 8) + x) & 0xff;
+
+  return x;
+}
+
+
+struct loaded_l10nfile *
+_nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, mask, language,
+		    territory, codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
+		    sponsor, revision, filename, do_allocate)
+     struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list;
+     const char *dirlist;
+     size_t dirlist_len;
+     int mask;
+     const char *language;
+     const char *territory;
+     const char *codeset;
+     const char *normalized_codeset;
+     const char *modifier;
+     const char *special;
+     const char *sponsor;
+     const char *revision;
+     const char *filename;
+     int do_allocate;
+{
+  char *abs_filename;
+  struct loaded_l10nfile *last = NULL;
+  struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
+  char *cp;
+  size_t entries;
+  int cnt;
+
+  /* Allocate room for the full file name.  */
+  abs_filename = (char *) malloc (dirlist_len
+				  + strlen (language)
+				  + ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0
+				     ? strlen (territory) + 1 : 0)
+				  + ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
+				     ? strlen (codeset) + 1 : 0)
+				  + ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0
+				     ? strlen (normalized_codeset) + 1 : 0)
+				  + (((mask & XPG_MODIFIER) != 0
+				      || (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0)
+				     ? strlen (modifier) + 1 : 0)
+				  + ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0
+				     ? strlen (special) + 1 : 0)
+				  + (((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0
+				      || (mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0)
+				     ? (1 + ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0
+					     ? strlen (sponsor) + 1 : 0)
+					+ ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0
+					   ? strlen (revision) + 1 : 0)) : 0)
+				  + 1 + strlen (filename) + 1);
+
+  if (abs_filename == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  retval = NULL;
+  last = NULL;
+
+  /* Construct file name.  */
+  memcpy (abs_filename, dirlist, dirlist_len);
+  __argz_stringify (abs_filename, dirlist_len, PATH_SEPARATOR);
+  cp = abs_filename + (dirlist_len - 1);
+  *cp++ = '/';
+  cp = stpcpy (cp, language);
+
+  if ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0)
+    {
+      *cp++ = '_';
+      cp = stpcpy (cp, territory);
+    }
+  if ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0)
+    {
+      *cp++ = '.';
+      cp = stpcpy (cp, codeset);
+    }
+  if ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0)
+    {
+      *cp++ = '.';
+      cp = stpcpy (cp, normalized_codeset);
+    }
+  if ((mask & (XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE)) != 0)
+    {
+      /* This component can be part of both syntaces but has different
+	 leading characters.  For CEN we use `+', else `@'.  */
+      *cp++ = (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0 ? '+' : '@';
+      cp = stpcpy (cp, modifier);
+    }
+  if ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0)
+    {
+      *cp++ = '+';
+      cp = stpcpy (cp, special);
+    }
+  if ((mask & (CEN_SPONSOR | CEN_REVISION)) != 0)
+    {
+      *cp++ = ',';
+      if ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0)
+	cp = stpcpy (cp, sponsor);
+      if ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0)
+	{
+	  *cp++ = '_';
+	  cp = stpcpy (cp, revision);
+	}
+    }
+
+  *cp++ = '/';
+  stpcpy (cp, filename);
+
+  /* Look in list of already loaded domains whether it is already
+     available.  */
+  last = NULL;
+  for (retval = *l10nfile_list; retval != NULL; retval = retval->next)
+    if (retval->filename != NULL)
+      {
+	int compare = strcmp (retval->filename, abs_filename);
+	if (compare == 0)
+	  /* We found it!  */
+	  break;
+	if (compare < 0)
+	  {
+	    /* It's not in the list.  */
+	    retval = NULL;
+	    break;
+	  }
+
+	last = retval;
+      }
+
+  if (retval != NULL || do_allocate == 0)
+    {
+      free (abs_filename);
+      return retval;
+    }
+
+  retval = (struct loaded_l10nfile *)
+    malloc (sizeof (*retval) + (__argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len)
+				* (1 << pop (mask))
+				* sizeof (struct loaded_l10nfile *)));
+  if (retval == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  retval->filename = abs_filename;
+  retval->decided = (__argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) != 1
+		     || ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
+			 && (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0));
+  retval->data = NULL;
+
+  if (last == NULL)
+    {
+      retval->next = *l10nfile_list;
+      *l10nfile_list = retval;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      retval->next = last->next;
+      last->next = retval;
+    }
+
+  entries = 0;
+  /* If the DIRLIST is a real list the RETVAL entry corresponds not to
+     a real file.  So we have to use the DIRLIST separation mechanism
+     of the inner loop.  */
+  cnt = __argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) == 1 ? mask - 1 : mask;
+  for (; cnt >= 0; --cnt)
+    if ((cnt & ~mask) == 0
+	&& ((cnt & CEN_SPECIFIC) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_SPECIFIC) == 0)
+	&& ((cnt & XPG_CODESET) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_NORM_CODESET) == 0))
+      {
+	/* Iterate over all elements of the DIRLIST.  */
+	char *dir = NULL;
+
+	while ((dir = __argz_next ((char *) dirlist, dirlist_len, dir))
+	       != NULL)
+	  retval->successor[entries++]
+	    = _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dir, strlen (dir) + 1, cnt,
+				  language, territory, codeset,
+				  normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
+				  sponsor, revision, filename, 1);
+      }
+  retval->successor[entries] = NULL;
+
+  return retval;
+}
+
+/* Normalize codeset name.  There is no standard for the codeset
+   names.  Normalization allows the user to use any of the common
+   names.  The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be
+   freed by the caller.  */
+const char *
+_nl_normalize_codeset (codeset, name_len)
+     const char *codeset;
+     size_t name_len;
+{
+  int len = 0;
+  int only_digit = 1;
+  char *retval;
+  char *wp;
+  size_t cnt;
+
+  for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
+    if (isalnum (codeset[cnt]))
+      {
+	++len;
+
+	if (isalpha (codeset[cnt]))
+	  only_digit = 0;
+      }
+
+  retval = (char *) malloc ((only_digit ? 3 : 0) + len + 1);
+
+  if (retval != NULL)
+    {
+      if (only_digit)
+	wp = stpcpy (retval, "iso");
+      else
+	wp = retval;
+
+      for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
+	if (isalpha (codeset[cnt]))
+	  *wp++ = tolower (codeset[cnt]);
+	else if (isdigit (codeset[cnt]))
+	  *wp++ = codeset[cnt];
+
+      *wp = '\0';
+    }
+
+  return (const char *) retval;
+}
+
+
+/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
+
+/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library.  So we
+   avoid the non-standard function stpcpy.  In GNU C Library this
+   function is available, though.  Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
+   to be defined.  */
+#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *
+stpcpy (dest, src)
+     char *dest;
+     const char *src;
+{
+  while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
+    /* Do nothing. */ ;
+  return dest - 1;
+}
+#endif

intl/libgettext.h

@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/* Convenience header for conditional use of GNU <libintl.h>.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBGETTEXT_H
+#define _LIBGETTEXT_H 1
+
+/* NLS can be disabled through the configure --disable-nls option.  */
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+
+/* Get declarations of GNU message catalog functions.  */
+# include <libintl.h>
+
+#else
+
+# define gettext(Msgid) (Msgid)
+# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) (Msgid)
+# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) (Msgid)
+# define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
+    ((N) == 1 ? (char *) (Msgid1) : (char *) (Msgid2))
+# define dngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
+    ((N) == 1 ? (char *) (Msgid1) : (char *) (Msgid2))
+# define dcngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N, Category) \
+    ((N) == 1 ? (char *) (Msgid1) : (char *) (Msgid2))
+# define textdomain(Domainname) ((char *) (Domainname))
+# define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) ((char *) (Dirname))
+# define bind_textdomain_codeset(Domainname, Codeset) ((char *) (Codeset))
+
+#endif
+
+/* For automatical extraction of messages sometimes no real
+   translation is needed.  Instead the string itself is the result.  */
+#define gettext_noop(Str) (Str)
+
+#endif /* _LIBGETTEXT_H */

intl/libgnuintl.h

@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+/* Message catalogs for internationalization.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
+#define _LIBINTL_H	1
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+/* The LC_MESSAGES locale category is the category used by the functions
+   gettext() and dgettext().  It is specified in POSIX, but not in ANSI C.
+   On systems that don't define it, use an arbitrary value instead.
+   On Solaris, <locale.h> defines __LOCALE_H then includes <libintl.h> (i.e.
+   this file!) and then only defines LC_MESSAGES.  To avoid a redefinition
+   warning, don't define LC_MESSAGES in this case.  */
+#if !defined LC_MESSAGES && !defined __LOCALE_H
+# define LC_MESSAGES 1729
+#endif
+
+/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
+   implementation of gettext.  */
+#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
+
+/* Resolve a platform specific conflict on DJGPP.  GNU gettext takes
+   precedence over _conio_gettext.  */
+#ifdef __DJGPP__
+# undef gettext
+# define gettext gettext
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus
+#  define PARAMS(args) args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale.  If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
+   text).  */
+extern char *gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale.  */
+extern char *dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid));
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
+   locale.  */
+extern char *dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
+				int __category));
+
+
+/* Similar to `gettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
+   number N.  */
+extern char *ngettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+			       unsigned long int __n));
+
+/* Similar to `dgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
+   number N.  */
+extern char *dngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
+				const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n));
+
+/* Similar to `dcgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
+   number N.  */
+extern char *dcngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
+				 const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n,
+				 int __category));
+
+
+/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
+   If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
+   If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages".  */
+extern char *textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
+
+/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
+   in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base.  */
+extern char *bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				     const char *__dirname));
+
+/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
+   DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned.  */
+extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+					      const char *__codeset));
+
+
+/* Optimized version of the functions above.  */
+#if defined __OPTIMIZED
+/* These are macros, but could also be inline functions.  */
+
+# define gettext(msgid)							      \
+  dgettext (NULL, msgid)
+
+# define dgettext(domainname, msgid)					      \
+  dcgettext (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+
+# define ngettext(msgid1, msgid2, n)					      \
+  dngettext (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n)
+
+# define dngettext(domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n)			      \
+  dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES)
+
+#endif /* Optimizing. */
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* libintl.h */

intl/loadinfo.h

@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1996-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _LOADINFO_H
+#define _LOADINFO_H	1
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if __STDC__
+#  define PARAMS(args) args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef internal_function
+# define internal_function
+#endif
+
+/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is
+   almost always true or almost always false.  */
+#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT
+# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr)
+#endif
+
+/* Separator in PATH like lists of pathnames.  */
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
+  /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
+# define PATH_SEPARATOR ';'
+#else
+  /* Unix */
+# define PATH_SEPARATOR ':'
+#endif
+
+/* Encoding of locale name parts.  */
+#define CEN_REVISION		1
+#define CEN_SPONSOR		2
+#define CEN_SPECIAL		4
+#define XPG_NORM_CODESET	8
+#define XPG_CODESET		16
+#define TERRITORY		32
+#define CEN_AUDIENCE		64
+#define XPG_MODIFIER		128
+
+#define CEN_SPECIFIC	(CEN_REVISION|CEN_SPONSOR|CEN_SPECIAL|CEN_AUDIENCE)
+#define XPG_SPECIFIC	(XPG_CODESET|XPG_NORM_CODESET|XPG_MODIFIER)
+
+
+struct loaded_l10nfile
+{
+  const char *filename;
+  int decided;
+
+  const void *data;
+
+  struct loaded_l10nfile *next;
+  struct loaded_l10nfile *successor[1];
+};
+
+
+/* Normalize codeset name.  There is no standard for the codeset
+   names.  Normalization allows the user to use any of the common
+   names.  The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be
+   freed by the caller.  */
+extern const char *_nl_normalize_codeset PARAMS ((const char *codeset,
+						  size_t name_len));
+
+extern struct loaded_l10nfile *
+_nl_make_l10nflist PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
+			    const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len, int mask,
+			    const char *language, const char *territory,
+			    const char *codeset,
+			    const char *normalized_codeset,
+			    const char *modifier, const char *special,
+			    const char *sponsor, const char *revision,
+			    const char *filename, int do_allocate));
+
+
+extern const char *_nl_expand_alias PARAMS ((const char *name));
+
+/* normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated and has to be freed by
+   the caller.  */
+extern int _nl_explode_name PARAMS ((char *name, const char **language,
+				     const char **modifier,
+				     const char **territory,
+				     const char **codeset,
+				     const char **normalized_codeset,
+				     const char **special,
+				     const char **sponsor,
+				     const char **revision));
+
+extern char *_nl_find_language PARAMS ((const char *name));
+
+#endif	/* loadinfo.h */

intl/loadmsgcat.c

@@ -0,0 +1,567 @@
+/* Load needed message catalogs.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
+   This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
+   <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late.  */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE    1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# define alloca __builtin_alloca
+# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
+#else
+# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
+#  include <alloca.h>
+# else
+#  ifdef _AIX
+ #pragma alloca
+#  else
+#   ifndef alloca
+char *alloca ();
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <langinfo.h>
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \
+    || (defined _LIBC && defined _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES)
+# include <sys/mman.h>
+# undef HAVE_MMAP
+# define HAVE_MMAP	1
+#else
+# undef HAVE_MMAP
+#endif
+
+#include "gettext.h"
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include "../locale/localeinfo.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Rename the non ISO C functions.  This is required by the standard
+   because some ISO C functions will require linking with this object
+   file and the name space must not be polluted.  */
+# define open   __open
+# define close  __close
+# define read   __read
+# define mmap   __mmap
+# define munmap __munmap
+#endif
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define PLURAL_PARSE __gettextparse
+#else
+# define PLURAL_PARSE gettextparse__
+#endif
+
+/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
+   some additional code emulating it.  */
+#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
+# define freea(p) /* nothing */
+#else
+# define alloca(n) malloc (n)
+# define freea(p) free (p)
+#endif
+
+/* For systems that distinguish between text and binary I/O.
+   O_BINARY is usually declared in <fcntl.h>. */
+#if !defined O_BINARY && defined _O_BINARY
+  /* For MSC-compatible compilers.  */
+# define O_BINARY _O_BINARY
+# define O_TEXT _O_TEXT
+#endif
+#ifdef __BEOS__
+  /* BeOS 5 has O_BINARY and O_TEXT, but they have no effect.  */
+# undef O_BINARY
+# undef O_TEXT
+#endif
+/* On reasonable systems, binary I/O is the default.  */
+#ifndef O_BINARY
+# define O_BINARY 0
+#endif
+
+/* We need a sign, whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated
+   with all translations.  This is important if the translations are
+   cached by one of GCC's features.  */
+int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+
+#if (defined __GNUC__ && !defined __APPLE_CC__) \
+    || (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L)
+
+/* These structs are the constant expression for the germanic plural
+   form determination.  It represents the expression  "n != 1".  */
+static const struct expression plvar =
+{
+  .nargs = 0,
+  .operation = var,
+};
+static const struct expression plone =
+{
+  .nargs = 0,
+  .operation = num,
+  .val =
+  {
+    .num = 1
+  }
+};
+static struct expression germanic_plural =
+{
+  .nargs = 2,
+  .operation = not_equal,
+  .val =
+  {
+    .args =
+    {
+      [0] = (struct expression *) &plvar,
+      [1] = (struct expression *) &plone
+    }
+  }
+};
+
+# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL()
+
+#else
+
+/* For compilers without support for ISO C 99 struct/union initializers:
+   Initialization at run-time.  */
+
+static struct expression plvar;
+static struct expression plone;
+static struct expression germanic_plural;
+
+static void
+init_germanic_plural ()
+{
+  if (plone.val.num == 0)
+    {
+      plvar.nargs = 0;
+      plvar.operation = var;
+
+      plone.nargs = 0;
+      plone.operation = num;
+      plone.val.num = 1;
+
+      germanic_plural.nargs = 2;
+      germanic_plural.operation = not_equal;
+      germanic_plural.val.args[0] = &plvar;
+      germanic_plural.val.args[1] = &plone;
+    }
+}
+
+# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL() init_germanic_plural ()
+
+#endif
+
+
+/* Initialize the codeset dependent parts of an opened message catalog.
+   Return the header entry.  */
+const char *
+internal_function
+_nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding)
+     struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
+     struct loaded_domain *domain;
+     struct binding *domainbinding;
+{
+  /* Find out about the character set the file is encoded with.
+     This can be found (in textual form) in the entry "".  If this
+     entry does not exist or if this does not contain the `charset='
+     information, we will assume the charset matches the one the
+     current locale and we don't have to perform any conversion.  */
+  char *nullentry;
+  size_t nullentrylen;
+
+  /* Preinitialize fields, to avoid recursion during _nl_find_msg.  */
+  domain->codeset_cntr =
+    (domainbinding != NULL ? domainbinding->codeset_cntr : 0);
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1;
+#else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+  domain->conv = (iconv_t) -1;
+# endif
+#endif
+  domain->conv_tab = NULL;
+
+  /* Get the header entry.  */
+  nullentry = _nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, "", &nullentrylen);
+
+  if (nullentry != NULL)
+    {
+#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV
+      const char *charsetstr;
+
+      charsetstr = strstr (nullentry, "charset=");
+      if (charsetstr != NULL)
+	{
+	  size_t len;
+	  char *charset;
+	  const char *outcharset;
+
+	  charsetstr += strlen ("charset=");
+	  len = strcspn (charsetstr, " \t\n");
+
+	  charset = (char *) alloca (len + 1);
+# if defined _LIBC || HAVE_MEMPCPY
+	  *((char *) mempcpy (charset, charsetstr, len)) = '\0';
+# else
+	  memcpy (charset, charsetstr, len);
+	  charset[len] = '\0';
+# endif
+
+	  /* The output charset should normally be determined by the
+	     locale.  But sometimes the locale is not used or not correctly
+	     set up, so we provide a possibility for the user to override
+	     this.  Moreover, the value specified through
+	     bind_textdomain_codeset overrides both.  */
+	  if (domainbinding != NULL && domainbinding->codeset != NULL)
+	    outcharset = domainbinding->codeset;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      outcharset = getenv ("OUTPUT_CHARSET");
+	      if (outcharset == NULL || outcharset[0] == '\0')
+		{
+# ifdef _LIBC
+		  outcharset = (*_nl_current[LC_CTYPE])->values[_NL_ITEM_INDEX (CODESET)].string;
+# else
+#  if HAVE_ICONV
+		  extern const char *locale_charset (void);
+		  outcharset = locale_charset ();
+#  endif
+# endif
+		}
+	    }
+
+# ifdef _LIBC
+	  /* We always want to use transliteration.  */
+	  outcharset = norm_add_slashes (outcharset, "TRANSLIT");
+	  charset = norm_add_slashes (charset, NULL);
+	  if (__gconv_open (outcharset, charset, &domain->conv,
+			    GCONV_AVOID_NOCONV)
+	      != __GCONV_OK)
+	    domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1;
+# else
+#  if HAVE_ICONV
+	  /* When using GNU libiconv, we want to use transliteration.  */
+#   if _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0105
+	  len = strlen (outcharset);
+	  {
+	    char *tmp = (char *) alloca (len + 10 + 1);
+	    memcpy (tmp, outcharset, len);
+	    memcpy (tmp + len, "//TRANSLIT", 10 + 1);
+	    outcharset = tmp;
+	  }
+#   endif
+	  domain->conv = iconv_open (outcharset, charset);
+#   if _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0105
+	  freea (outcharset);
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+	  freea (charset);
+	}
+#endif /* _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV */
+    }
+
+  return nullentry;
+}
+
+/* Frees the codeset dependent parts of an opened message catalog.  */
+void
+internal_function
+_nl_free_domain_conv (domain)
+     struct loaded_domain *domain;
+{
+  if (domain->conv_tab != NULL && domain->conv_tab != (char **) -1)
+    free (domain->conv_tab);
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  if (domain->conv != (__gconv_t) -1)
+    __gconv_close (domain->conv);
+#else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+  if (domain->conv != (iconv_t) -1)
+    iconv_close (domain->conv);
+# endif
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Load the message catalogs specified by FILENAME.  If it is no valid
+   message catalog do nothing.  */
+void
+internal_function
+_nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding)
+     struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
+     struct binding *domainbinding;
+{
+  int fd;
+  size_t size;
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  struct stat64 st;
+#else
+  struct stat st;
+#endif
+  struct mo_file_header *data = (struct mo_file_header *) -1;
+  int use_mmap = 0;
+  struct loaded_domain *domain;
+  const char *nullentry;
+
+  domain_file->decided = 1;
+  domain_file->data = NULL;
+
+  /* Note that it would be useless to store domainbinding in domain_file
+     because domainbinding might be == NULL now but != NULL later (after
+     a call to bind_textdomain_codeset).  */
+
+  /* If the record does not represent a valid locale the FILENAME
+     might be NULL.  This can happen when according to the given
+     specification the locale file name is different for XPG and CEN
+     syntax.  */
+  if (domain_file->filename == NULL)
+    return;
+
+  /* Try to open the addressed file.  */
+  fd = open (domain_file->filename, O_RDONLY | O_BINARY);
+  if (fd == -1)
+    return;
+
+  /* We must know about the size of the file.  */
+  if (
+#ifdef _LIBC
+      __builtin_expect (fstat64 (fd, &st) != 0, 0)
+#else
+      __builtin_expect (fstat (fd, &st) != 0, 0)
+#endif
+      || __builtin_expect ((size = (size_t) st.st_size) != st.st_size, 0)
+      || __builtin_expect (size < sizeof (struct mo_file_header), 0))
+    {
+      /* Something went wrong.  */
+      close (fd);
+      return;
+    }
+
+#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
+  /* Now we are ready to load the file.  If mmap() is available we try
+     this first.  If not available or it failed we try to load it.  */
+  data = (struct mo_file_header *) mmap (NULL, size, PROT_READ,
+					 MAP_PRIVATE, fd, 0);
+
+  if (__builtin_expect (data != (struct mo_file_header *) -1, 1))
+    {
+      /* mmap() call was successful.  */
+      close (fd);
+      use_mmap = 1;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  /* If the data is not yet available (i.e. mmap'ed) we try to load
+     it manually.  */
+  if (data == (struct mo_file_header *) -1)
+    {
+      size_t to_read;
+      char *read_ptr;
+
+      data = (struct mo_file_header *) malloc (size);
+      if (data == NULL)
+	return;
+
+      to_read = size;
+      read_ptr = (char *) data;
+      do
+	{
+	  long int nb = (long int) read (fd, read_ptr, to_read);
+	  if (nb <= 0)
+	    {
+#ifdef EINTR
+	      if (nb == -1 && errno == EINTR)
+		continue;
+#endif
+	      close (fd);
+	      return;
+	    }
+	  read_ptr += nb;
+	  to_read -= nb;
+	}
+      while (to_read > 0);
+
+      close (fd);
+    }
+
+  /* Using the magic number we can test whether it really is a message
+     catalog file.  */
+  if (__builtin_expect (data->magic != _MAGIC && data->magic != _MAGIC_SWAPPED,
+			0))
+    {
+      /* The magic number is wrong: not a message catalog file.  */
+#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
+      if (use_mmap)
+	munmap ((caddr_t) data, size);
+      else
+#endif
+	free (data);
+      return;
+    }
+
+  domain = (struct loaded_domain *) malloc (sizeof (struct loaded_domain));
+  if (domain == NULL)
+    return;
+  domain_file->data = domain;
+
+  domain->data = (char *) data;
+  domain->use_mmap = use_mmap;
+  domain->mmap_size = size;
+  domain->must_swap = data->magic != _MAGIC;
+
+  /* Fill in the information about the available tables.  */
+  switch (W (domain->must_swap, data->revision))
+    {
+    case 0:
+      domain->nstrings = W (domain->must_swap, data->nstrings);
+      domain->orig_tab = (struct string_desc *)
+	((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->orig_tab_offset));
+      domain->trans_tab = (struct string_desc *)
+	((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->trans_tab_offset));
+      domain->hash_size = W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_size);
+      domain->hash_tab = (nls_uint32 *)
+	((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_offset));
+      break;
+    default:
+      /* This is an invalid revision.  */
+#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
+      if (use_mmap)
+	munmap ((caddr_t) data, size);
+      else
+#endif
+	free (data);
+      free (domain);
+      domain_file->data = NULL;
+      return;
+    }
+
+  /* Now initialize the character set converter from the character set
+     the file is encoded with (found in the header entry) to the domain's
+     specified character set or the locale's character set.  */
+  nullentry = _nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding);
+
+  /* Also look for a plural specification.  */
+  if (nullentry != NULL)
+    {
+      const char *plural;
+      const char *nplurals;
+
+      plural = strstr (nullentry, "plural=");
+      nplurals = strstr (nullentry, "nplurals=");
+      if (plural == NULL || nplurals == NULL)
+	goto no_plural;
+      else
+	{
+	  /* First get the number.  */
+	  char *endp;
+	  unsigned long int n;
+	  struct parse_args args;
+
+	  nplurals += 9;
+	  while (*nplurals != '\0' && isspace (*nplurals))
+	    ++nplurals;
+#if defined HAVE_STRTOUL || defined _LIBC
+	  n = strtoul (nplurals, &endp, 10);
+#else
+	  for (endp = nplurals, n = 0; *endp >= '0' && *endp <= '9'; endp++)
+	    n = n * 10 + (*endp - '0');
+#endif
+	  domain->nplurals = n;
+	  if (nplurals == endp)
+	    goto no_plural;
+
+	  /* Due to the restrictions bison imposes onto the interface of the
+	     scanner function we have to put the input string and the result
+	     passed up from the parser into the same structure which address
+	     is passed down to the parser.  */
+	  plural += 7;
+	  args.cp = plural;
+	  if (PLURAL_PARSE (&args) != 0)
+	    goto no_plural;
+	  domain->plural = args.res;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* By default we are using the Germanic form: singular form only
+         for `one', the plural form otherwise.  Yes, this is also what
+         English is using since English is a Germanic language.  */
+    no_plural:
+      INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL ();
+      domain->plural = &germanic_plural;
+      domain->nplurals = 2;
+    }
+}
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+void
+internal_function
+_nl_unload_domain (domain)
+     struct loaded_domain *domain;
+{
+  if (domain->plural != &germanic_plural)
+    __gettext_free_exp (domain->plural);
+
+  _nl_free_domain_conv (domain);
+
+# ifdef _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES
+  if (domain->use_mmap)
+    munmap ((caddr_t) domain->data, domain->mmap_size);
+  else
+# endif	/* _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES */
+    free ((void *) domain->data);
+
+  free (domain);
+}
+#endif

intl/localcharset.c

@@ -0,0 +1,271 @@
+/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STDDEF_H
+# include <stddef.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
+# undef WIN32   /* avoid warning on mingw32 */
+# define WIN32
+#endif
+
+#ifndef WIN32
+# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+#  include <langinfo.h>
+# else
+#  if HAVE_SETLOCALE
+#   include <locale.h>
+#  endif
+# endif
+#else /* WIN32 */
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# include <windows.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
+# define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ISSLASH
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR)
+#endif
+
+/* The following static variable is declared 'volatile' to avoid a
+   possible multithread problem in the function get_charset_aliases. If we
+   are running in a threaded environment, and if two threads initialize
+   'charset_aliases' simultaneously, both will produce the same value,
+   and everything will be ok if the two assignments to 'charset_aliases'
+   are atomic. But I don't know what will happen if the two assignments mix.  */
+#if __STDC__ != 1
+# define volatile /* empty */
+#endif
+/* Pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file, if it has already been
+   read, else NULL.  Its format is:
+   ALIAS_1 '\0' CANONICAL_1 '\0' ... ALIAS_n '\0' CANONICAL_n '\0' '\0'  */
+static const char * volatile charset_aliases;
+
+/* Return a pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file.  */
+static const char *
+get_charset_aliases ()
+{
+  const char *cp;
+
+  cp = charset_aliases;
+  if (cp == NULL)
+    {
+#ifndef WIN32
+      FILE *fp;
+      const char *dir = LIBDIR;
+      const char *base = "charset.alias";
+      char *file_name;
+
+      /* Concatenate dir and base into freshly allocated file_name.  */
+      {
+	size_t dir_len = strlen (dir);
+	size_t base_len = strlen (base);
+	int add_slash = (dir_len > 0 && !ISSLASH (dir[dir_len - 1]));
+	file_name = (char *) malloc (dir_len + add_slash + base_len + 1);
+	if (file_name != NULL)
+	  {
+	    memcpy (file_name, dir, dir_len);
+	    if (add_slash)
+	      file_name[dir_len] = DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR;
+	    memcpy (file_name + dir_len + add_slash, base, base_len + 1);
+	  }
+      }
+
+      if (file_name == NULL || (fp = fopen (file_name, "r")) == NULL)
+	/* Out of memory or file not found, treat it as empty.  */
+	cp = "";
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Parse the file's contents.  */
+	  int c;
+	  char buf1[50+1];
+	  char buf2[50+1];
+	  char *res_ptr = NULL;
+	  size_t res_size = 0;
+	  size_t l1, l2;
+
+	  for (;;)
+	    {
+	      c = getc (fp);
+	      if (c == EOF)
+		break;
+	      if (c == '\n' || c == ' ' || c == '\t')
+		continue;
+	      if (c == '#')
+		{
+		  /* Skip comment, to end of line.  */
+		  do
+		    c = getc (fp);
+		  while (!(c == EOF || c == '\n'));
+		  if (c == EOF)
+		    break;
+		  continue;
+		}
+	      ungetc (c, fp);
+	      if (fscanf(fp, "%50s %50s", buf1, buf2) < 2)
+		break;
+	      l1 = strlen (buf1);
+	      l2 = strlen (buf2);
+	      if (res_size == 0)
+		{
+		  res_size = l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
+		  res_ptr = malloc (res_size + 1);
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  res_size += l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
+		  res_ptr = realloc (res_ptr, res_size + 1);
+		}
+	      if (res_ptr == NULL)
+		{
+		  /* Out of memory. */
+		  res_size = 0;
+		  break;
+		}
+	      strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1) - (l1 + 1), buf1);
+	      strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1), buf2);
+	    }
+	  fclose (fp);
+	  if (res_size == 0)
+	    cp = "";
+	  else
+	    {
+	      *(res_ptr + res_size) = '\0';
+	      cp = res_ptr;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (file_name != NULL)
+	free (file_name);
+
+#else /* WIN32 */
+
+      /* To avoid the troubles of installing a separate file in the same
+	 directory as the DLL and of retrieving the DLL's directory at
+	 runtime, simply inline the aliases here.  */
+
+      cp = "CP936" "\0" "GBK" "\0"
+	   "CP1361" "\0" "JOHAB" "\0";
+#endif
+
+      charset_aliases = cp;
+    }
+
+  return cp;
+}
+
+/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it
+   into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset.
+   The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
+   If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical
+   name.  */
+
+#ifdef STATIC
+STATIC
+#endif
+const char *
+locale_charset ()
+{
+  const char *codeset;
+  const char *aliases;
+
+#ifndef WIN32
+
+# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+
+  /* Most systems support nl_langinfo (CODESET) nowadays.  */
+  codeset = nl_langinfo (CODESET);
+
+# else
+
+  /* On old systems which lack it, use setlocale or getenv.  */
+  const char *locale = NULL;
+
+  /* But most old systems don't have a complete set of locales.  Some
+     (like SunOS 4 or DJGPP) have only the C locale.  Therefore we don't
+     use setlocale here; it would return "C" when it doesn't support the
+     locale name the user has set.  */
+#  if HAVE_SETLOCALE && 0
+  locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL);
+#  endif
+  if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+    {
+      locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
+      if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+	{
+	  locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
+	  if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+	    locale = getenv ("LANG");
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* On some old systems, one used to set locale = "iso8859_1". On others,
+     you set it to "language_COUNTRY.charset". In any case, we resolve it
+     through the charset.alias file.  */
+  codeset = locale;
+
+# endif
+
+#else /* WIN32 */
+
+  static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
+
+  /* Win32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number.  */
+  sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ());
+  codeset = buf;
+
+#endif
+
+  if (codeset == NULL)
+    /* The canonical name cannot be determined.  */
+    codeset = "";
+
+  /* Resolve alias. */
+  for (aliases = get_charset_aliases ();
+       *aliases != '\0';
+       aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1, aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1)
+    if (strcmp (codeset, aliases) == 0
+	|| (aliases[0] == '*' && aliases[1] == '\0'))
+      {
+	codeset = aliases + strlen (aliases) + 1;
+	break;
+      }
+
+  return codeset;
+}

intl/locale.alias

@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+# Locale name alias data base.
+# Copyright (C) 1996,1997,1998,1999,2000,2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+# USA.
+
+# The format of this file is the same as for the corresponding file of
+# the X Window System, which normally can be found in
+#	/usr/lib/X11/locale/locale.alias
+# A single line contains two fields: an alias and a substitution value.
+# All entries are case independent.
+
+# Note: This file is far from being complete.  If you have a value for
+# your own site which you think might be useful for others too, share
+# it with the rest of us.  Send it using the `glibcbug' script to
+# bugs@gnu.org.
+
+# Packages using this file: 
+
+bokmal		no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+bokmål		no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+catalan		ca_ES.ISO-8859-1
+croatian	hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
+czech		cs_CZ.ISO-8859-2
+danish          da_DK.ISO-8859-1
+dansk		da_DK.ISO-8859-1
+deutsch		de_DE.ISO-8859-1
+dutch		nl_NL.ISO-8859-1
+eesti		et_EE.ISO-8859-1
+estonian	et_EE.ISO-8859-1
+finnish         fi_FI.ISO-8859-1
+français	fr_FR.ISO-8859-1
+french		fr_FR.ISO-8859-1
+galego		gl_ES.ISO-8859-1
+galician	gl_ES.ISO-8859-1
+german		de_DE.ISO-8859-1
+greek           el_GR.ISO-8859-7
+hebrew          he_IL.ISO-8859-8
+hrvatski	hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
+hungarian       hu_HU.ISO-8859-2
+icelandic       is_IS.ISO-8859-1
+italian         it_IT.ISO-8859-1
+japanese	ja_JP.eucJP
+japanese.euc	ja_JP.eucJP
+ja_JP		ja_JP.eucJP
+ja_JP.ujis	ja_JP.eucJP
+japanese.sjis	ja_JP.SJIS
+korean		ko_KR.eucKR
+korean.euc 	ko_KR.eucKR
+ko_KR		ko_KR.eucKR
+lithuanian      lt_LT.ISO-8859-13
+nb_NO		no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+norwegian       no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+nynorsk		nn_NO.ISO-8859-1
+polish          pl_PL.ISO-8859-2
+portuguese      pt_PT.ISO-8859-1
+romanian        ro_RO.ISO-8859-2
+russian         ru_RU.ISO-8859-5
+slovak          sk_SK.ISO-8859-2
+slovene         sl_SI.ISO-8859-2
+slovenian       sl_SI.ISO-8859-2
+spanish         es_ES.ISO-8859-1
+swedish         sv_SE.ISO-8859-1
+thai		th_TH.TIS-620
+turkish         tr_TR.ISO-8859-9

intl/localealias.c

@@ -0,0 +1,404 @@
+/* Handle aliases for locale names.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
+   This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
+   <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late.  */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE    1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# define alloca __builtin_alloca
+# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
+#else
+# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
+#  include <alloca.h>
+# else
+#  ifdef _AIX
+ #pragma alloca
+#  else
+#   ifndef alloca
+char *alloca ();
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include <string.h>
+#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
+# ifndef strchr
+#  define strchr index
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Rename the non ANSI C functions.  This is required by the standard
+   because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
+   file and the name space must not be polluted.  */
+# define strcasecmp __strcasecmp
+
+# ifndef mempcpy
+#  define mempcpy __mempcpy
+# endif
+# define HAVE_MEMPCPY	1
+
+/* We need locking here since we can be called from different places.  */
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+
+__libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef internal_function
+# define internal_function
+#endif
+
+/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
+   some additional code emulating it.  */
+#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
+# define freea(p) /* nothing */
+#else
+# define alloca(n) malloc (n)
+# define freea(p) free (p)
+#endif
+
+#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FGETS_UNLOCKED
+# undef fgets
+# define fgets(buf, len, s) fgets_unlocked (buf, len, s)
+#endif
+#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FEOF_UNLOCKED
+# undef feof
+# define feof(s) feof_unlocked (s)
+#endif
+
+
+struct alias_map
+{
+  const char *alias;
+  const char *value;
+};
+
+
+static char *string_space;
+static size_t string_space_act;
+static size_t string_space_max;
+static struct alias_map *map;
+static size_t nmap;
+static size_t maxmap;
+
+
+/* Prototypes for local functions.  */
+static size_t read_alias_file PARAMS ((const char *fname, int fname_len))
+     internal_function;
+static int extend_alias_table PARAMS ((void));
+static int alias_compare PARAMS ((const struct alias_map *map1,
+				  const struct alias_map *map2));
+
+
+const char *
+_nl_expand_alias (name)
+    const char *name;
+{
+  static const char *locale_alias_path = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH;
+  struct alias_map *retval;
+  const char *result = NULL;
+  size_t added;
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  __libc_lock_lock (lock);
+#endif
+
+  do
+    {
+      struct alias_map item;
+
+      item.alias = name;
+
+      if (nmap > 0)
+	retval = (struct alias_map *) bsearch (&item, map, nmap,
+					       sizeof (struct alias_map),
+					       (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *,
+								 const void *))
+						) alias_compare);
+      else
+	retval = NULL;
+
+      /* We really found an alias.  Return the value.  */
+      if (retval != NULL)
+	{
+	  result = retval->value;
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      /* Perhaps we can find another alias file.  */
+      added = 0;
+      while (added == 0 && locale_alias_path[0] != '\0')
+	{
+	  const char *start;
+
+	  while (locale_alias_path[0] == PATH_SEPARATOR)
+	    ++locale_alias_path;
+	  start = locale_alias_path;
+
+	  while (locale_alias_path[0] != '\0'
+		 && locale_alias_path[0] != PATH_SEPARATOR)
+	    ++locale_alias_path;
+
+	  if (start < locale_alias_path)
+	    added = read_alias_file (start, locale_alias_path - start);
+	}
+    }
+  while (added != 0);
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
+#endif
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+
+static size_t
+internal_function
+read_alias_file (fname, fname_len)
+     const char *fname;
+     int fname_len;
+{
+  FILE *fp;
+  char *full_fname;
+  size_t added;
+  static const char aliasfile[] = "/locale.alias";
+
+  full_fname = (char *) alloca (fname_len + sizeof aliasfile);
+#ifdef HAVE_MEMPCPY
+  mempcpy (mempcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len),
+	   aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
+#else
+  memcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len);
+  memcpy (&full_fname[fname_len], aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
+#endif
+
+  fp = fopen (full_fname, "r");
+  freea (full_fname);
+  if (fp == NULL)
+    return 0;
+
+  added = 0;
+  while (!feof (fp))
+    {
+      /* It is a reasonable approach to use a fix buffer here because
+	 a) we are only interested in the first two fields
+	 b) these fields must be usable as file names and so must not
+	    be that long
+       */
+      char buf[BUFSIZ];
+      char *alias;
+      char *value;
+      char *cp;
+
+      if (fgets (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL)
+	/* EOF reached.  */
+	break;
+
+      /* Possibly not the whole line fits into the buffer.  Ignore
+	 the rest of the line.  */
+      if (strchr (buf, '\n') == NULL)
+	{
+	  char altbuf[BUFSIZ];
+	  do
+	    if (fgets (altbuf, sizeof altbuf, fp) == NULL)
+	      /* Make sure the inner loop will be left.  The outer loop
+		 will exit at the `feof' test.  */
+	      break;
+	  while (strchr (altbuf, '\n') == NULL);
+	}
+
+      cp = buf;
+      /* Ignore leading white space.  */
+      while (isspace (cp[0]))
+	++cp;
+
+      /* A leading '#' signals a comment line.  */
+      if (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '#')
+	{
+	  alias = cp++;
+	  while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace (cp[0]))
+	    ++cp;
+	  /* Terminate alias name.  */
+	  if (cp[0] != '\0')
+	    *cp++ = '\0';
+
+	  /* Now look for the beginning of the value.  */
+	  while (isspace (cp[0]))
+	    ++cp;
+
+	  if (cp[0] != '\0')
+	    {
+	      size_t alias_len;
+	      size_t value_len;
+
+	      value = cp++;
+	      while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace (cp[0]))
+		++cp;
+	      /* Terminate value.  */
+	      if (cp[0] == '\n')
+		{
+		  /* This has to be done to make the following test
+		     for the end of line possible.  We are looking for
+		     the terminating '\n' which do not overwrite here.  */
+		  *cp++ = '\0';
+		  *cp = '\n';
+		}
+	      else if (cp[0] != '\0')
+		*cp++ = '\0';
+
+	      if (nmap >= maxmap)
+		if (__builtin_expect (extend_alias_table (), 0))
+		  return added;
+
+	      alias_len = strlen (alias) + 1;
+	      value_len = strlen (value) + 1;
+
+	      if (string_space_act + alias_len + value_len > string_space_max)
+		{
+		  /* Increase size of memory pool.  */
+		  size_t new_size = (string_space_max
+				     + (alias_len + value_len > 1024
+					? alias_len + value_len : 1024));
+		  char *new_pool = (char *) realloc (string_space, new_size);
+		  if (new_pool == NULL)
+		    return added;
+
+		  if (__builtin_expect (string_space != new_pool, 0))
+		    {
+		      size_t i;
+
+		      for (i = 0; i < nmap; i++)
+			{
+			  map[i].alias += new_pool - string_space;
+			  map[i].value += new_pool - string_space;
+			}
+		    }
+
+		  string_space = new_pool;
+		  string_space_max = new_size;
+		}
+
+	      map[nmap].alias = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act],
+					alias, alias_len);
+	      string_space_act += alias_len;
+
+	      map[nmap].value = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act],
+					value, value_len);
+	      string_space_act += value_len;
+
+	      ++nmap;
+	      ++added;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Should we test for ferror()?  I think we have to silently ignore
+     errors.  --drepper  */
+  fclose (fp);
+
+  if (added > 0)
+    qsort (map, nmap, sizeof (struct alias_map),
+	   (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *))) alias_compare);
+
+  return added;
+}
+
+
+static int
+extend_alias_table ()
+{
+  size_t new_size;
+  struct alias_map *new_map;
+
+  new_size = maxmap == 0 ? 100 : 2 * maxmap;
+  new_map = (struct alias_map *) realloc (map, (new_size
+						* sizeof (struct alias_map)));
+  if (new_map == NULL)
+    /* Simply don't extend: we don't have any more core.  */
+    return -1;
+
+  map = new_map;
+  maxmap = new_size;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+static void __attribute__ ((unused))
+free_mem (void)
+{
+  if (string_space != NULL)
+    free (string_space);
+  if (map != NULL)
+    free (map);
+}
+text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem);
+#endif
+
+
+static int
+alias_compare (map1, map2)
+     const struct alias_map *map1;
+     const struct alias_map *map2;
+{
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRCASECMP
+  return strcasecmp (map1->alias, map2->alias);
+#else
+  const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) map1->alias;
+  const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) map2->alias;
+  unsigned char c1, c2;
+
+  if (p1 == p2)
+    return 0;
+
+  do
+    {
+      /* I know this seems to be odd but the tolower() function in
+	 some systems libc cannot handle nonalpha characters.  */
+      c1 = isupper (*p1) ? tolower (*p1) : *p1;
+      c2 = isupper (*p2) ? tolower (*p2) : *p2;
+      if (c1 == '\0')
+	break;
+      ++p1;
+      ++p2;
+    }
+  while (c1 == c2);
+
+  return c1 - c2;
+#endif
+}

intl/ngettext.c

@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/* Implementation of ngettext(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define __need_NULL
+# include <stddef.h>
+#else
+# include <stdlib.h>		/* Just for NULL.  */
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define NGETTEXT __ngettext
+# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
+#else
+# define NGETTEXT ngettext__
+# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale.  If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
+   text).  */
+char *
+NGETTEXT (msgid1, msgid2, n)
+     const char *msgid1;
+     const char *msgid2;
+     unsigned long int n;
+{
+  return DCNGETTEXT (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__ngettext, ngettext);
+#endif

intl/plural.y

@@ -0,0 +1,413 @@
+%{
+/* Expression parsing for plural form selection.
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+/* The bison generated parser uses alloca.  AIX 3 forces us to put this
+   declaration at the beginning of the file.  The declaration in bison's
+   skeleton file comes too late.  This must come before <config.h>
+   because <config.h> may include arbitrary system headers.  */
+#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__
+ #pragma alloca
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp
+#else
+# define FREE_EXPRESSION gettext_free_exp__
+# define __gettextparse gettextparse__
+#endif
+
+#define YYLEX_PARAM	&((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM	arg
+%}
+%pure_parser
+%expect 10
+
+%union {
+  unsigned long int num;
+  enum operator op;
+  struct expression *exp;
+}
+
+%{
+/* Prototypes for local functions.  */
+static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op,
+					   struct expression * const *args));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+						   struct expression *right));
+static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+					     struct expression *left,
+					     struct expression *right));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+						   struct expression *bexp,
+						   struct expression *tbranch,
+						   struct expression *fbranch));
+static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp));
+static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str));
+
+/* Allocation of expressions.  */
+
+static struct expression *
+new_exp (nargs, op, args)
+     int nargs;
+     enum operator op;
+     struct expression * const *args;
+{
+  int i;
+  struct expression *newp;
+
+  /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL.  */
+  for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+    if (args[i] == NULL)
+      goto fail;
+
+  /* Allocate a new expression.  */
+  newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp));
+  if (newp != NULL)
+    {
+      newp->nargs = nargs;
+      newp->operation = op;
+      for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+	newp->val.args[i] = args[i];
+      return newp;
+    }
+
+ fail:
+  for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+    FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]);
+
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_0 (op)
+     enum operator op;
+{
+  return new_exp (0, op, NULL);
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_1 (op, right)
+     enum operator op;
+     struct expression *right;
+{
+  struct expression *args[1];
+
+  args[0] = right;
+  return new_exp (1, op, args);
+}
+
+static struct expression *
+new_exp_2 (op, left, right)
+     enum operator op;
+     struct expression *left;
+     struct expression *right;
+{
+  struct expression *args[2];
+
+  args[0] = left;
+  args[1] = right;
+  return new_exp (2, op, args);
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch)
+     enum operator op;
+     struct expression *bexp;
+     struct expression *tbranch;
+     struct expression *fbranch;
+{
+  struct expression *args[3];
+
+  args[0] = bexp;
+  args[1] = tbranch;
+  args[2] = fbranch;
+  return new_exp (3, op, args);
+}
+
+%}
+
+/* This declares that all operators have the same associativity and the
+   precedence order as in C.  See [Harbison, Steele: C, A Reference Manual].
+   There is no unary minus and no bitwise operators.
+   Operators with the same syntactic behaviour have been merged into a single
+   token, to save space in the array generated by bison.  */
+%right '?'		/*   ?		*/
+%left '|'		/*   ||		*/
+%left '&'		/*   &&		*/
+%left EQUOP2		/*   == !=	*/
+%left CMPOP2		/*   < > <= >=	*/
+%left ADDOP2		/*   + -	*/
+%left MULOP2		/*   * / %	*/
+%right '!'		/*   !		*/
+
+%token <op> EQUOP2 CMPOP2 ADDOP2 MULOP2
+%token <num> NUMBER
+%type <exp> exp
+
+%%
+
+start:	  exp
+	  {
+	    if ($1 == NULL)
+	      YYABORT;
+	    ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = $1;
+	  }
+	;
+
+exp:	  exp '?' exp ':' exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_3 (qmop, $1, $3, $5);
+	  }
+	| exp '|' exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_2 (lor, $1, $3);
+	  }
+	| exp '&' exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_2 (land, $1, $3);
+	  }
+	| exp EQUOP2 exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+	  }
+	| exp CMPOP2 exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+	  }
+	| exp ADDOP2 exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+	  }
+	| exp MULOP2 exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+	  }
+	| '!' exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_1 (lnot, $2);
+	  }
+	| 'n'
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_0 (var);
+	  }
+	| NUMBER
+	  {
+	    if (($$ = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL)
+	      $$->val.num = $1;
+	  }
+	| '(' exp ')'
+	  {
+	    $$ = $2;
+	  }
+	;
+
+%%
+
+void
+internal_function
+FREE_EXPRESSION (exp)
+     struct expression *exp;
+{
+  if (exp == NULL)
+    return;
+
+  /* Handle the recursive case.  */
+  switch (exp->nargs)
+    {
+    case 3:
+      FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]);
+      /* FALLTHROUGH */
+    case 2:
+      FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]);
+      /* FALLTHROUGH */
+    case 1:
+      FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]);
+      /* FALLTHROUGH */
+    default:
+      break;
+    }
+
+  free (exp);
+}
+
+
+static int
+yylex (lval, pexp)
+     YYSTYPE *lval;
+     const char **pexp;
+{
+  const char *exp = *pexp;
+  int result;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      if (exp[0] == '\0')
+	{
+	  *pexp = exp;
+	  return YYEOF;
+	}
+
+      if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t')
+	break;
+
+      ++exp;
+    }
+
+  result = *exp++;
+  switch (result)
+    {
+    case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+    case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+      {
+	unsigned long int n = result - '0';
+	while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9')
+	  {
+	    n *= 10;
+	    n += exp[0] - '0';
+	    ++exp;
+	  }
+	lval->num = n;
+	result = NUMBER;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case '=':
+      if (exp[0] == '=')
+	{
+	  ++exp;
+	  lval->op = equal;
+	  result = EQUOP2;
+	}
+      else
+	result = YYERRCODE;
+      break;
+
+    case '!':
+      if (exp[0] == '=')
+	{
+	  ++exp;
+	  lval->op = not_equal;
+	  result = EQUOP2;
+	}
+      break;
+
+    case '&':
+    case '|':
+      if (exp[0] == result)
+	++exp;
+      else
+	result = YYERRCODE;
+      break;
+
+    case '<':
+      if (exp[0] == '=')
+	{
+	  ++exp;
+	  lval->op = less_or_equal;
+	}
+      else
+	lval->op = less_than;
+      result = CMPOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '>':
+      if (exp[0] == '=')
+	{
+	  ++exp;
+	  lval->op = greater_or_equal;
+	}
+      else
+	lval->op = greater_than;
+      result = CMPOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '*':
+      lval->op = mult;
+      result = MULOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '/':
+      lval->op = divide;
+      result = MULOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '%':
+      lval->op = module;
+      result = MULOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '+':
+      lval->op = plus;
+      result = ADDOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '-':
+      lval->op = minus;
+      result = ADDOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case 'n':
+    case '?':
+    case ':':
+    case '(':
+    case ')':
+      /* Nothing, just return the character.  */
+      break;
+
+    case ';':
+    case '\n':
+    case '\0':
+      /* Be safe and let the user call this function again.  */
+      --exp;
+      result = YYEOF;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      result = YYERRCODE;
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+      --exp;
+#endif
+      break;
+    }
+
+  *pexp = exp;
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+
+static void
+yyerror (str)
+     const char *str;
+{
+  /* Do nothing.  We don't print error messages here.  */
+}

intl/ref-add.sin

@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+# Add this package to a list of references stored in a text file.
+#
+#   Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+#   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+#   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+#   any later version.
+#
+#   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+#   Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+#   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+#   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+#   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+#   USA.
+#
+# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.
+#
+/^# Packages using this file: / {
+  s/# Packages using this file://
+  ta
+  :a
+  s/ @PACKAGE@ / @PACKAGE@ /
+  tb
+  s/ $/ @PACKAGE@ /
+  :b
+  s/^/# Packages using this file:/
+}

intl/ref-del.sin

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+# Remove this package from a list of references stored in a text file.
+#
+#   Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+#   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+#   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+#   any later version.
+#
+#   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+#   Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+#   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+#   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+#   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+#   USA.
+#
+# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.
+#
+/^# Packages using this file: / {
+  s/# Packages using this file://
+  s/ @PACKAGE@ / /
+  s/^/# Packages using this file:/
+}

intl/textdomain.c

@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+/* Implementation of the textdomain(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* We have to handle multi-threaded applications.  */
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+#else
+/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc.  */
+# define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME)
+#endif
+
+/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
+   names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
+   using libintl.a cannot be linked statically.  */
+#if !defined _LIBC
+# define _nl_default_default_domain _nl_default_default_domain__
+# define _nl_current_default_domain _nl_current_default_domain__
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Name of the default text domain.  */
+extern const char _nl_default_default_domain[];
+
+/* Default text domain in which entries for gettext(3) are to be found.  */
+extern const char *_nl_current_default_domain;
+
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define TEXTDOMAIN __textdomain
+# ifndef strdup
+#  define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
+# endif
+#else
+# define TEXTDOMAIN textdomain__
+#endif
+
+/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation.  */
+__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock)
+
+/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
+   If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
+   If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages".  */
+char *
+TEXTDOMAIN (domainname)
+     const char *domainname;
+{
+  char *new_domain;
+  char *old_domain;
+
+  /* A NULL pointer requests the current setting.  */
+  if (domainname == NULL)
+    return (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
+
+  __libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock);
+
+  old_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
+
+  /* If domain name is the null string set to default domain "messages".  */
+  if (domainname[0] == '\0'
+      || strcmp (domainname, _nl_default_default_domain) == 0)
+    {
+      _nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain;
+      new_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
+    }
+  else if (strcmp (domainname, old_domain) == 0)
+    /* This can happen and people will use it to signal that some
+       environment variable changed.  */
+    new_domain = old_domain;
+  else
+    {
+      /* If the following malloc fails `_nl_current_default_domain'
+	 will be NULL.  This value will be returned and so signals we
+	 are out of core.  */
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+      new_domain = strdup (domainname);
+#else
+      size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
+      new_domain = (char *) malloc (len);
+      if (new_domain != NULL)
+	memcpy (new_domain, domainname, len);
+#endif
+
+      if (new_domain != NULL)
+	_nl_current_default_domain = new_domain;
+    }
+
+  /* We use this possibility to signal a change of the loaded catalogs
+     since this is most likely the case and there is no other easy we
+     to do it.  Do it only when the call was successful.  */
+  if (new_domain != NULL)
+    {
+      ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+
+      if (old_domain != new_domain && old_domain != _nl_default_default_domain)
+	free (old_domain);
+    }
+
+  __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
+
+  return new_domain;
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__textdomain, textdomain);
+#endif

lib/Makefile.am

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in
+# $Id: Makefile.am,v 1.2.4.7 2001/02/11 11:50:09 guus Exp $
+
+noinst_LIBRARIES = libvpn.a
+
+INCLUDES = @INCLUDES@ -I. -I$(top_builddir) -I$(top_srcdir)/intl
+
+libvpn_a_SOURCES = xmalloc.c pidfile.c utils.c getopt.c getopt1.c list.c avl_tree.c dropin.c
+
+libvpn_a_LIBADD = @LIBOBJS@ @ALLOCA@
+libvpn_a_DEPENDENCIES = $(libvpn_a_LIBADD)
+
+noinst_HEADERS = xalloc.h pidfile.h utils.h getopt.h list.h avl_tree.h dropin.h
+
+EXTRA_DIST = README

lib/Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,338 @@
+# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.5 from Makefile.am.
+
+# Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+@SET_MAKE@
+
+# $Id: Makefile.am,v 1.2.4.7 2001/02/11 11:50:09 guus Exp $
+
+SHELL = @SHELL@
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+
+bindir = @bindir@
+sbindir = @sbindir@
+libexecdir = @libexecdir@
+datadir = @datadir@
+sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
+sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
+localstatedir = @localstatedir@
+libdir = @libdir@
+infodir = @infodir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+oldincludedir = /usr/include
+pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
+top_builddir = ..
+
+ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
+transform = @program_transform_name@
+NORMAL_INSTALL = :
+PRE_INSTALL = :
+POST_INSTALL = :
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
+PRE_UNINSTALL = :
+POST_UNINSTALL = :
+host_alias = @host_alias@
+host_triplet = @host@
+AMTAR = @AMTAR@
+AWK = @AWK@
+BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
+CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
+CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@
+CC = @CC@
+CPP = @CPP@
+DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@
+DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
+EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
+GENCAT = @GENCAT@
+GLIBC21 = @GLIBC21@
+GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
+GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
+HAVE_TUNTAP = @HAVE_TUNTAP@
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
+INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@
+INTLBISON = @INTLBISON@
+INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
+INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@
+INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@
+LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
+LINUX_IF_TUN_H = @LINUX_IF_TUN_H@
+LN_S = @LN_S@
+MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
+MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
+OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+PERL = @PERL@
+POFILES = @POFILES@
+POSUB = @POSUB@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
+USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+am__include = @am__include@
+am__quote = @am__quote@
+install_sh = @install_sh@
+
+INCLUDES = @INCLUDES@ -I. -I$(top_builddir) -I$(top_srcdir)/intl
+
+noinst_LIBRARIES = libvpn.a
+
+libvpn_a_SOURCES = xmalloc.c pidfile.c utils.c getopt.c getopt1.c list.c avl_tree.c dropin.c
+
+libvpn_a_LIBADD = @LIBOBJS@ @ALLOCA@
+libvpn_a_DEPENDENCIES = $(libvpn_a_LIBADD)
+
+noinst_HEADERS = xalloc.h pidfile.h utils.h getopt.h list.h avl_tree.h dropin.h
+
+EXTRA_DIST = README
+subdir = lib
+mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
+CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
+LIBRARIES = $(noinst_LIBRARIES)
+
+libvpn_a_AR = $(AR) cru
+am_libvpn_a_OBJECTS = xmalloc.$(OBJEXT) pidfile.$(OBJEXT) \
+	utils.$(OBJEXT) getopt.$(OBJEXT) getopt1.$(OBJEXT) \
+	list.$(OBJEXT) avl_tree.$(OBJEXT) dropin.$(OBJEXT)
+libvpn_a_OBJECTS = $(am_libvpn_a_OBJECTS)
+
+DEFS = @DEFS@
+DEFAULT_INCLUDES =  -I. -I$(srcdir) -I$(top_builddir)
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+LIBS = @LIBS@
+depcomp = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/depcomp
+@AMDEP_TRUE@DEP_FILES = $(DEPDIR)/alloca.Po $(DEPDIR)/avl_tree.Po \
+@AMDEP_TRUE@	$(DEPDIR)/dropin.Po $(DEPDIR)/getopt.Po \
+@AMDEP_TRUE@	$(DEPDIR)/getopt1.Po $(DEPDIR)/list.Po \
+@AMDEP_TRUE@	$(DEPDIR)/malloc.Po $(DEPDIR)/memcmp.Po \
+@AMDEP_TRUE@	$(DEPDIR)/pidfile.Po $(DEPDIR)/realloc.Po \
+@AMDEP_TRUE@	$(DEPDIR)/utils.Po $(DEPDIR)/xmalloc.Po
+COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) \
+	$(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
+CCLD = $(CC)
+LINK = $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(AM_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+DIST_SOURCES = $(libvpn_a_SOURCES)
+HEADERS = $(noinst_HEADERS)
+
+DIST_COMMON = README $(noinst_HEADERS) Makefile.am Makefile.in alloca.c \
+	malloc.c memcmp.c realloc.c
+SOURCES = $(libvpn_a_SOURCES)
+
+all: all-am
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+.SUFFIXES: .c .o .obj
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in:  Makefile.am  $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4)
+	cd $(top_srcdir) && \
+	  $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu  lib/Makefile
+Makefile:  $(srcdir)/Makefile.in  $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	cd $(top_builddir) && \
+	  CONFIG_HEADERS= CONFIG_LINKS= \
+	  CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ $(SHELL) ./config.status
+
+AR = ar
+
+clean-noinstLIBRARIES:
+	-test -z "$(noinst_LIBRARIES)" || rm -f $(noinst_LIBRARIES)
+libvpn.a: $(libvpn_a_OBJECTS) $(libvpn_a_DEPENDENCIES) 
+	-rm -f libvpn.a
+	$(libvpn_a_AR) libvpn.a $(libvpn_a_OBJECTS) $(libvpn_a_LIBADD)
+	$(RANLIB) libvpn.a
+
+mostlyclean-compile:
+	-rm -f *.$(OBJEXT) core *.core
+
+distclean-compile:
+	-rm -f *.tab.c
+
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/alloca.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/avl_tree.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/dropin.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/getopt.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/getopt1.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/list.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/malloc.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/memcmp.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/pidfile.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/realloc.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/utils.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/xmalloc.Po@am__quote@
+
+distclean-depend:
+	-rm -rf $(DEPDIR)
+
+.c.o:
+@AMDEP_TRUE@	source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@	depfile='$(DEPDIR)/$*.Po' tmpdepfile='$(DEPDIR)/$*.TPo' @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@	$(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+	$(COMPILE) -c `test -f $< || echo '$(srcdir)/'`$<
+
+.c.obj:
+@AMDEP_TRUE@	source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@	depfile='$(DEPDIR)/$*.Po' tmpdepfile='$(DEPDIR)/$*.TPo' @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@	$(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+	$(COMPILE) -c `cygpath -w $<`
+CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
+uninstall-info-am:
+
+tags: TAGS
+
+ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)
+	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+	unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+	    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+	  done | \
+	  $(AWK) '    { files[$$0] = 1; } \
+	       END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
+	mkid -fID $$unique $(LISP)
+
+TAGS:  $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)  $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
+		$(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+	tags=; \
+	here=`pwd`; \
+	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+	unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+	    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+	  done | \
+	  $(AWK) '    { files[$$0] = 1; } \
+	       END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
+	test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$unique$(LISP)$$tags" \
+	  || etags $(ETAGS_ARGS) $$tags  $$unique $(LISP)
+
+GTAGS:
+	here=`CDPATH=: && cd $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
+	  && cd $(top_srcdir) \
+	  && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) $$here
+
+distclean-tags:
+	-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH
+
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+
+top_distdir = ..
+distdir = $(top_distdir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
+
+distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+	@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
+	  if test -f $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+	  dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
+	  if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \
+	    $(mkinstalldirs) "$(distdir)/$$dir"; \
+	  fi; \
+	  if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+	    cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir) \
+	    || exit 1; \
+	  else \
+	    test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
+	    || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
+	    || exit 1; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+check-am: all-am
+check: check-am
+all-am: Makefile $(LIBRARIES) $(HEADERS)
+
+installdirs:
+
+install: install-am
+install-exec: install-exec-am
+install-data: install-data-am
+uninstall: uninstall-am
+
+install-am: all-am
+	@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+
+installcheck: installcheck-am
+install-strip:
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
+	  `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
+	    echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
+mostlyclean-generic:
+
+clean-generic:
+
+distclean-generic:
+	-rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]*
+
+maintainer-clean-generic:
+	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
+	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+clean: clean-am
+
+clean-am: clean-generic clean-noinstLIBRARIES mostlyclean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-am
+
+distclean-am: clean-am distclean-compile distclean-depend \
+	distclean-generic distclean-tags
+
+dvi: dvi-am
+
+dvi-am:
+
+info: info-am
+
+info-am:
+
+install-data-am:
+
+install-exec-am:
+
+install-info: install-info-am
+
+install-man:
+
+installcheck-am:
+
+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
+
+maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
+
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
+
+mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-compile mostlyclean-generic
+
+uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am
+
+.PHONY: GTAGS all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic \
+	clean-noinstLIBRARIES distclean distclean-compile \
+	distclean-depend distclean-generic distclean-tags distdir dvi \
+	dvi-am info info-am install install-am install-data \
+	install-data-am install-exec install-exec-am install-info \
+	install-info-am install-man install-strip installcheck \
+	installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \
+	maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-compile \
+	mostlyclean-generic tags uninstall uninstall-am \
+	uninstall-info-am
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:

lib/README

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+The files in this directory were merely copied from fileutils 4.0.

lib/alloca.c

@@ -0,0 +1,494 @@
+/* alloca.c -- allocate automatically reclaimed memory
+   (Mostly) portable public-domain implementation -- D A Gwyn
+
+   This implementation of the PWB library alloca function,
+   which is used to allocate space off the run-time stack so
+   that it is automatically reclaimed upon procedure exit,
+   was inspired by discussions with J. Q. Johnson of Cornell.
+   J.Otto Tennant <jot@cray.com> contributed the Cray support.
+
+   There are some preprocessor constants that can
+   be defined when compiling for your specific system, for
+   improved efficiency; however, the defaults should be okay.
+
+   The general concept of this implementation is to keep
+   track of all alloca-allocated blocks, and reclaim any
+   that are found to be deeper in the stack than the current
+   invocation.  This heuristic does not reclaim storage as
+   soon as it becomes invalid, but it will do so eventually.
+
+   As a special case, alloca(0) reclaims storage without
+   allocating any.  It is a good idea to use alloca(0) in
+   your main control loop, etc. to force garbage collection.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef emacs
+# include "blockinput.h"
+#endif
+
+/* If compiling with GCC 2, this file's not needed.  */
+#if !defined (__GNUC__) || __GNUC__ < 2
+
+/* If someone has defined alloca as a macro,
+   there must be some other way alloca is supposed to work.  */
+# ifndef alloca
+
+#  ifdef emacs
+#   ifdef static
+/* actually, only want this if static is defined as ""
+   -- this is for usg, in which emacs must undefine static
+   in order to make unexec workable
+   */
+#    ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
+you
+lose
+-- must know STACK_DIRECTION at compile-time
+#    endif /* STACK_DIRECTION undefined */
+#   endif /* static */
+#  endif /* emacs */
+
+/* If your stack is a linked list of frames, you have to
+   provide an "address metric" ADDRESS_FUNCTION macro.  */
+
+#  if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
+long i00afunc ();
+#   define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) (char *) i00afunc (&(arg))
+#  else
+#   define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) &(arg)
+#  endif
+
+#  if __STDC__
+typedef void *pointer;
+#  else
+typedef char *pointer;
+#  endif
+
+#  ifndef NULL
+#   define NULL 0
+#  endif
+
+/* Different portions of Emacs need to call different versions of
+   malloc.  The Emacs executable needs alloca to call xmalloc, because
+   ordinary malloc isn't protected from input signals.  On the other
+   hand, the utilities in lib-src need alloca to call malloc; some of
+   them are very simple, and don't have an xmalloc routine.
+
+   Non-Emacs programs expect this to call xmalloc.
+
+   Callers below should use malloc.  */
+
+#  ifndef emacs
+#   define malloc xmalloc
+#  endif
+extern pointer malloc ();
+
+/* Define STACK_DIRECTION if you know the direction of stack
+   growth for your system; otherwise it will be automatically
+   deduced at run-time.
+
+   STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
+   STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
+   STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown  */
+
+#  ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
+#   define STACK_DIRECTION	0	/* Direction unknown.  */
+#  endif
+
+#  if STACK_DIRECTION != 0
+
+#   define STACK_DIR	STACK_DIRECTION	/* Known at compile-time.  */
+
+#  else /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0; need run-time code.  */
+
+static int stack_dir;		/* 1 or -1 once known.  */
+#   define STACK_DIR	stack_dir
+
+static void
+find_stack_direction ()
+{
+  static char *addr = NULL;	/* Address of first `dummy', once known.  */
+  auto char dummy;		/* To get stack address.  */
+
+  if (addr == NULL)
+    {				/* Initial entry.  */
+      addr = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy);
+
+      find_stack_direction ();	/* Recurse once.  */
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Second entry.  */
+      if (ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy) > addr)
+	stack_dir = 1;		/* Stack grew upward.  */
+      else
+	stack_dir = -1;		/* Stack grew downward.  */
+    }
+}
+
+#  endif /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0 */
+
+/* An "alloca header" is used to:
+   (a) chain together all alloca'ed blocks;
+   (b) keep track of stack depth.
+
+   It is very important that sizeof(header) agree with malloc
+   alignment chunk size.  The following default should work okay.  */
+
+#  ifndef	ALIGN_SIZE
+#   define ALIGN_SIZE	sizeof(double)
+#  endif
+
+typedef union hdr
+{
+  char align[ALIGN_SIZE];	/* To force sizeof(header).  */
+  struct
+    {
+      union hdr *next;		/* For chaining headers.  */
+      char *deep;		/* For stack depth measure.  */
+    } h;
+} header;
+
+static header *last_alloca_header = NULL;	/* -> last alloca header.  */
+
+/* Return a pointer to at least SIZE bytes of storage,
+   which will be automatically reclaimed upon exit from
+   the procedure that called alloca.  Originally, this space
+   was supposed to be taken from the current stack frame of the
+   caller, but that method cannot be made to work for some
+   implementations of C, for example under Gould's UTX/32.  */
+
+pointer
+alloca (size)
+     unsigned size;
+{
+  auto char probe;		/* Probes stack depth: */
+  register char *depth = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (probe);
+
+#  if STACK_DIRECTION == 0
+  if (STACK_DIR == 0)		/* Unknown growth direction.  */
+    find_stack_direction ();
+#  endif
+
+  /* Reclaim garbage, defined as all alloca'd storage that
+     was allocated from deeper in the stack than currently.  */
+
+  {
+    register header *hp;	/* Traverses linked list.  */
+
+#  ifdef emacs
+    BLOCK_INPUT;
+#  endif
+
+    for (hp = last_alloca_header; hp != NULL;)
+      if ((STACK_DIR > 0 && hp->h.deep > depth)
+	  || (STACK_DIR < 0 && hp->h.deep < depth))
+	{
+	  register header *np = hp->h.next;
+
+	  free ((pointer) hp);	/* Collect garbage.  */
+
+	  hp = np;		/* -> next header.  */
+	}
+      else
+	break;			/* Rest are not deeper.  */
+
+    last_alloca_header = hp;	/* -> last valid storage.  */
+
+#  ifdef emacs
+    UNBLOCK_INPUT;
+#  endif
+  }
+
+  if (size == 0)
+    return NULL;		/* No allocation required.  */
+
+  /* Allocate combined header + user data storage.  */
+
+  {
+    register pointer new = malloc (sizeof (header) + size);
+    /* Address of header.  */
+
+    ((header *) new)->h.next = last_alloca_header;
+    ((header *) new)->h.deep = depth;
+
+    last_alloca_header = (header *) new;
+
+    /* User storage begins just after header.  */
+
+    return (pointer) ((char *) new + sizeof (header));
+  }
+}
+
+#  if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
+
+#   ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
+#    include <stdio.h>
+#   endif
+
+#   ifndef CRAY_STACK
+#    define CRAY_STACK
+#    ifndef CRAY2
+/* Stack structures for CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, and CRAY Y-MP */
+struct stack_control_header
+  {
+    long shgrow:32;		/* Number of times stack has grown.  */
+    long shaseg:32;		/* Size of increments to stack.  */
+    long shhwm:32;		/* High water mark of stack.  */
+    long shsize:32;		/* Current size of stack (all segments).  */
+  };
+
+/* The stack segment linkage control information occurs at
+   the high-address end of a stack segment.  (The stack
+   grows from low addresses to high addresses.)  The initial
+   part of the stack segment linkage control information is
+   0200 (octal) words.  This provides for register storage
+   for the routine which overflows the stack.  */
+
+struct stack_segment_linkage
+  {
+    long ss[0200];		/* 0200 overflow words.  */
+    long sssize:32;		/* Number of words in this segment.  */
+    long ssbase:32;		/* Offset to stack base.  */
+    long:32;
+    long sspseg:32;		/* Offset to linkage control of previous
+				   segment of stack.  */
+    long:32;
+    long sstcpt:32;		/* Pointer to task common address block.  */
+    long sscsnm;		/* Private control structure number for
+				   microtasking.  */
+    long ssusr1;		/* Reserved for user.  */
+    long ssusr2;		/* Reserved for user.  */
+    long sstpid;		/* Process ID for pid based multi-tasking.  */
+    long ssgvup;		/* Pointer to multitasking thread giveup.  */
+    long sscray[7];		/* Reserved for Cray Research.  */
+    long ssa0;
+    long ssa1;
+    long ssa2;
+    long ssa3;
+    long ssa4;
+    long ssa5;
+    long ssa6;
+    long ssa7;
+    long sss0;
+    long sss1;
+    long sss2;
+    long sss3;
+    long sss4;
+    long sss5;
+    long sss6;
+    long sss7;
+  };
+
+#    else /* CRAY2 */
+/* The following structure defines the vector of words
+   returned by the STKSTAT library routine.  */
+struct stk_stat
+  {
+    long now;			/* Current total stack size.  */
+    long maxc;			/* Amount of contiguous space which would
+				   be required to satisfy the maximum
+				   stack demand to date.  */
+    long high_water;		/* Stack high-water mark.  */
+    long overflows;		/* Number of stack overflow ($STKOFEN) calls.  */
+    long hits;			/* Number of internal buffer hits.  */
+    long extends;		/* Number of block extensions.  */
+    long stko_mallocs;		/* Block allocations by $STKOFEN.  */
+    long underflows;		/* Number of stack underflow calls ($STKRETN).  */
+    long stko_free;		/* Number of deallocations by $STKRETN.  */
+    long stkm_free;		/* Number of deallocations by $STKMRET.  */
+    long segments;		/* Current number of stack segments.  */
+    long maxs;			/* Maximum number of stack segments so far.  */
+    long pad_size;		/* Stack pad size.  */
+    long current_address;	/* Current stack segment address.  */
+    long current_size;		/* Current stack segment size.  This
+				   number is actually corrupted by STKSTAT to
+				   include the fifteen word trailer area.  */
+    long initial_address;	/* Address of initial segment.  */
+    long initial_size;		/* Size of initial segment.  */
+  };
+
+/* The following structure describes the data structure which trails
+   any stack segment.  I think that the description in 'asdef' is
+   out of date.  I only describe the parts that I am sure about.  */
+
+struct stk_trailer
+  {
+    long this_address;		/* Address of this block.  */
+    long this_size;		/* Size of this block (does not include
+				   this trailer).  */
+    long unknown2;
+    long unknown3;
+    long link;			/* Address of trailer block of previous
+				   segment.  */
+    long unknown5;
+    long unknown6;
+    long unknown7;
+    long unknown8;
+    long unknown9;
+    long unknown10;
+    long unknown11;
+    long unknown12;
+    long unknown13;
+    long unknown14;
+  };
+
+#    endif /* CRAY2 */
+#   endif /* not CRAY_STACK */
+
+#   ifdef CRAY2
+/* Determine a "stack measure" for an arbitrary ADDRESS.
+   I doubt that "lint" will like this much.  */
+
+static long
+i00afunc (long *address)
+{
+  struct stk_stat status;
+  struct stk_trailer *trailer;
+  long *block, size;
+  long result = 0;
+
+  /* We want to iterate through all of the segments.  The first
+     step is to get the stack status structure.  We could do this
+     more quickly and more directly, perhaps, by referencing the
+     $LM00 common block, but I know that this works.  */
+
+  STKSTAT (&status);
+
+  /* Set up the iteration.  */
+
+  trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) (status.current_address
+				    + status.current_size
+				    - 15);
+
+  /* There must be at least one stack segment.  Therefore it is
+     a fatal error if "trailer" is null.  */
+
+  if (trailer == 0)
+    abort ();
+
+  /* Discard segments that do not contain our argument address.  */
+
+  while (trailer != 0)
+    {
+      block = (long *) trailer->this_address;
+      size = trailer->this_size;
+      if (block == 0 || size == 0)
+	abort ();
+      trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
+      if ((block <= address) && (address < (block + size)))
+	break;
+    }
+
+  /* Set the result to the offset in this segment and add the sizes
+     of all predecessor segments.  */
+
+  result = address - block;
+
+  if (trailer == 0)
+    {
+      return result;
+    }
+
+  do
+    {
+      if (trailer->this_size <= 0)
+	abort ();
+      result += trailer->this_size;
+      trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
+    }
+  while (trailer != 0);
+
+  /* We are done.  Note that if you present a bogus address (one
+     not in any segment), you will get a different number back, formed
+     from subtracting the address of the first block.  This is probably
+     not what you want.  */
+
+  return (result);
+}
+
+#   else /* not CRAY2 */
+/* Stack address function for a CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, or CRAY Y-MP.
+   Determine the number of the cell within the stack,
+   given the address of the cell.  The purpose of this
+   routine is to linearize, in some sense, stack addresses
+   for alloca.  */
+
+static long
+i00afunc (long address)
+{
+  long stkl = 0;
+
+  long size, pseg, this_segment, stack;
+  long result = 0;
+
+  struct stack_segment_linkage *ssptr;
+
+  /* Register B67 contains the address of the end of the
+     current stack segment.  If you (as a subprogram) store
+     your registers on the stack and find that you are past
+     the contents of B67, you have overflowed the segment.
+
+     B67 also points to the stack segment linkage control
+     area, which is what we are really interested in.  */
+
+  stkl = CRAY_STACKSEG_END ();
+  ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
+
+  /* If one subtracts 'size' from the end of the segment,
+     one has the address of the first word of the segment.
+
+     If this is not the first segment, 'pseg' will be
+     nonzero.  */
+
+  pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
+  size = ssptr->sssize;
+
+  this_segment = stkl - size;
+
+  /* It is possible that calling this routine itself caused
+     a stack overflow.  Discard stack segments which do not
+     contain the target address.  */
+
+  while (!(this_segment <= address && address <= stkl))
+    {
+#    ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
+      fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o %011o\n", this_segment, address, stkl);
+#    endif
+      if (pseg == 0)
+	break;
+      stkl = stkl - pseg;
+      ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
+      size = ssptr->sssize;
+      pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
+      this_segment = stkl - size;
+    }
+
+  result = address - this_segment;
+
+  /* If you subtract pseg from the current end of the stack,
+     you get the address of the previous stack segment's end.
+     This seems a little convoluted to me, but I'll bet you save
+     a cycle somewhere.  */
+
+  while (pseg != 0)
+    {
+#    ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
+      fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o\n", pseg, size);
+#    endif
+      stkl = stkl - pseg;
+      ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
+      size = ssptr->sssize;
+      pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
+      result += size;
+    }
+  return (result);
+}
+
+#   endif /* not CRAY2 */
+#  endif /* CRAY */
+
+# endif /* no alloca */
+#endif /* not GCC version 2 */

lib/avl_tree.c

@@ -0,0 +1,723 @@
+/*
+    avl_tree.c -- avl_ tree and linked list convenience
+    Copyright (C) 1998 Michael H. Buselli
+                  2000,2001 Ivo Timmermans <itimmermans@bigfoot.com>,
+                  2000,2001 Guus Sliepen <guus@sliepen.warande.net>
+                  2000,2001 Wessel Dankers <wsl@nl.linux.org>
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+
+    Original AVL tree library by Michael H. Buselli <cosine@cosine.org>.
+
+    Modified 2000-11-28 by Wessel Dankers <wsl@nl.linux.org> to use counts
+    instead of depths, to add the ->next and ->prev and to generally obfuscate
+    the code. Mail me if you found a bug.
+
+    Cleaned up and incorporated some of the ideas from the red-black tree
+    library for inclusion into tinc (http://tinc.nl.linux.org/) by
+    Guus Sliepen <guus@sliepen.warande.net>.
+
+    $Id: avl_tree.c,v 1.1.2.8 2002/02/10 21:57:51 guus Exp $
+*/
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <xalloc.h>
+
+#include "avl_tree.h"
+
+#ifdef AVL_COUNT
+#define AVL_NODE_COUNT(n)  ((n) ? (n)->count : 0)
+#define AVL_L_COUNT(n)     (AVL_NODE_COUNT((n)->left))
+#define AVL_R_COUNT(n)     (AVL_NODE_COUNT((n)->right))
+#define AVL_CALC_COUNT(n)  (AVL_L_COUNT(n) + AVL_R_COUNT(n) + 1)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef AVL_DEPTH
+#define AVL_NODE_DEPTH(n)  ((n) ? (n)->depth : 0)
+#define L_AVL_DEPTH(n)     (AVL_NODE_DEPTH((n)->left))
+#define R_AVL_DEPTH(n)     (AVL_NODE_DEPTH((n)->right))
+#define AVL_CALC_DEPTH(n)  ((L_AVL_DEPTH(n)>R_AVL_DEPTH(n)?L_AVL_DEPTH(n):R_AVL_DEPTH(n)) + 1)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AVL_DEPTH
+int lg(unsigned int u)
+{
+  int r = 1;
+  if (!u)
+    return 0;
+  if (u & 0xffff0000)
+  {
+    u >>= 16;
+    r += 16;
+  }
+  if (u & 0x0000ff00)
+  {
+    u >>= 8;
+    r += 8;
+  }
+  if (u & 0x000000f0)
+  {
+    u >>= 4;
+    r += 4;
+  }
+  if (u & 0x0000000c)
+  {
+    u >>= 2;
+    r += 2;
+  }
+  if (u & 0x00000002)
+    r++;
+  return r;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Internal helper functions */
+
+int avl_check_balance(avl_node_t *node)
+{
+#ifdef AVL_DEPTH
+  int d;
+  d = R_AVL_DEPTH(node) - L_AVL_DEPTH(node);
+  return d < -1 ? -1 : d > 1 ? 1 : 0;
+#else
+/*      int d;
+ *      d = lg(AVL_R_COUNT(node)) - lg(AVL_L_COUNT(node));
+ *      d = d<-1?-1:d>1?1:0;
+ */
+  int pl, r;
+
+  pl = lg(AVL_L_COUNT(node));
+  r = AVL_R_COUNT(node);
+
+  if (r >> pl + 1)
+    return 1;
+  if (pl < 2 || r >> pl - 2)
+    return 0;
+  return -1;
+#endif
+}
+
+void avl_rebalance(avl_tree_t *tree, avl_node_t *node)
+{
+  avl_node_t *child;
+  avl_node_t *gchild;
+  avl_node_t *parent;
+  avl_node_t **superparent;
+
+  parent = node;
+
+  while (node)
+  {
+    parent = node->parent;
+
+    superparent = parent ? node == parent->left ? &parent->left : &parent->right : &tree->root;
+
+    switch (avl_check_balance(node))
+    {
+    case -1:
+      child = node->left;
+#ifdef AVL_DEPTH
+      if(L_AVL_DEPTH(child) >= R_AVL_DEPTH(child)) {
+#else
+      if (AVL_L_COUNT(child) >= AVL_R_COUNT(child))
+      {
+#endif
+        node->left = child->right;
+        if (node->left)
+          node->left->parent = node;
+        child->right = node;
+        node->parent = child;
+        *superparent = child;
+        child->parent = parent;
+#ifdef AVL_COUNT
+        node->count = AVL_CALC_COUNT(node);
+        child->count = AVL_CALC_COUNT(child);
+#endif
+#ifdef AVL_DEPTH
+        node->depth = AVL_CALC_DEPTH(node);
+        child->depth = AVL_CALC_DEPTH(child);
+#endif
+      } else
+      {
+        gchild = child->right;
+        node->left = gchild->right;
+        if (node->left)
+          node->left->parent = node;
+        child->right = gchild->left;
+        if (child->right)
+          child->right->parent = child;
+        gchild->right = node;
+        if (gchild->right)
+          gchild->right->parent = gchild;
+        gchild->left = child;
+        if (gchild->left)
+          gchild->left->parent = gchild;
+        *superparent = gchild;
+        gchild->parent = parent;
+#ifdef AVL_COUNT
+        node->count = AVL_CALC_COUNT(node);
+        child->count = AVL_CALC_COUNT(child);
+        gchild->count = AVL_CALC_COUNT(gchild);
+#endif
+#ifdef AVL_DEPTH
+        node->depth = AVL_CALC_DEPTH(node);
+        child->depth = AVL_CALC_DEPTH(child);
+        gchild->depth = AVL_CALC_DEPTH(gchild);
+#endif
+      }
+      break;
+    case 1:
+      child = node->right;
+#ifdef AVL_DEPTH
+      if(R_AVL_DEPTH(child) >= L_AVL_DEPTH(child)) {
+#else
+      if (AVL_R_COUNT(child) >= AVL_L_COUNT(child))
+      {
+#endif
+        node->right = child->left;
+        if (node->right)
+          node->right->parent = node;
+        child->left = node;
+        node->parent = child;
+        *superparent = child;
+        child->parent = parent;
+#ifdef AVL_COUNT
+        node->count = AVL_CALC_COUNT(node);
+        child->count = AVL_CALC_COUNT(child);
+#endif
+#ifdef AVL_DEPTH
+        node->depth = AVL_CALC_DEPTH(node);
+        child->depth = AVL_CALC_DEPTH(child);
+#endif
+      } else
+      {
+        gchild = child->left;
+        node->right = gchild->left;
+        if (node->right)
+          node->right->parent = node;
+        child->left = gchild->right;
+        if (child->left)
+          child->left->parent = child;
+        gchild->left = node;
+        if (gchild->left)
+          gchild->left->parent = gchild;
+        gchild->right = child;
+        if (gchild->right)
+          gchild->right->parent = gchild;
+        *superparent = gchild;
+        gchild->parent = parent;
+#ifdef AVL_COUNT
+        node->count = AVL_CALC_COUNT(node);
+        child->count = AVL_CALC_COUNT(child);
+        gchild->count = AVL_CALC_COUNT(gchild);
+#endif
+#ifdef AVL_DEPTH
+        node->depth = AVL_CALC_DEPTH(node);
+        child->depth = AVL_CALC_DEPTH(child);
+        gchild->depth = AVL_CALC_DEPTH(gchild);
+#endif
+      }
+      break;
+    default:
+#ifdef AVL_COUNT
+      node->count = AVL_CALC_COUNT(node);
+#endif
+#ifdef AVL_DEPTH
+      node->depth = AVL_CALC_DEPTH(node);
+#endif
+    }
+    node = parent;
+  }
+}
+
+/* (De)constructors */
+
+avl_tree_t *avl_alloc_tree(avl_compare_t compare, avl_action_t delete)
+{
+  avl_tree_t *tree;
+  
+  tree = xmalloc_and_zero(sizeof(avl_tree_t));
+  tree->compare = compare;
+  tree->delete = delete;
+
+  return tree;
+}
+
+void avl_free_tree(avl_tree_t *tree)
+{
+  free(tree);
+}
+
+avl_node_t *avl_alloc_node(void)
+{
+  avl_node_t *node;
+  
+  node = xmalloc_and_zero(sizeof(avl_node_t));
+  
+  return node;
+}
+
+void avl_free_node(avl_tree_t *tree, avl_node_t *node)
+{
+  if(node->data && tree->delete)
+    tree->delete(node->data);
+  free(node);    
+}
+
+/* Searching */
+
+void *avl_search(const avl_tree_t *tree, const void *data)
+{
+  avl_node_t *node;
+  
+  node = avl_search_node(tree, data);
+
+  return node?node->data:NULL;
+}
+
+void *avl_search_closest(const avl_tree_t *tree, const void *data, int *result)
+{
+  avl_node_t *node;
+  
+  node = avl_search_closest_node(tree, data, result);
+
+  return node?node->data:NULL;
+}
+
+void *avl_search_closest_smaller(const avl_tree_t *tree, const void *data)
+{
+  avl_node_t *node;
+  
+  node = avl_search_closest_smaller_node(tree, data);
+
+  return node?node->data:NULL;
+}
+
+void *avl_search_closest_greater(const avl_tree_t *tree, const void *data)
+{
+  avl_node_t *node;
+  
+  node = avl_search_closest_greater_node(tree, data);
+
+  return node?node->data:NULL;
+}
+
+avl_node_t *avl_search_node(const avl_tree_t *tree, const void *data)
+{
+  avl_node_t *node;
+  int result;
+ 
+  node = avl_search_closest_node(tree, data, &result);
+  
+  return result?NULL:node;
+}
+
+avl_node_t *avl_search_closest_node(const avl_tree_t *tree, const void *data, int *result)
+{
+  avl_node_t *node;
+  int c;
+
+  node = tree->root;
+
+  if (!node)
+  {
+    if(result)
+      *result = 0;
+    return NULL;
+  }
+
+  for (;;)
+  {
+    c = tree->compare(data, node->data);
+
+    if (c < 0)
+    {
+      if (node->left)
+        node = node->left;
+      else
+      {
+        if(result)
+          *result = -1;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    else if (c > 0)
+    {
+      if (node->right)
+        node = node->right;
+      else
+      {
+        if(result)
+          *result = 1;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if(result)
+        *result = 0;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return node;
+}
+
+avl_node_t *avl_search_closest_smaller_node(const avl_tree_t *tree, const void *data)
+{
+  avl_node_t *node;
+  int result;
+  
+  node = avl_search_closest_node(tree, data, &result);
+  
+  if(result < 0)
+    node = node->prev;
+  
+  return node;
+}
+
+avl_node_t *avl_search_closest_greater_node(const avl_tree_t *tree, const void *data)
+{
+  avl_node_t *node;
+  int result;
+  
+  node = avl_search_closest_node(tree, data, &result);
+  
+  if(result > 0)
+    node = node->next;
+  
+  return node;
+}
+
+/* Insertion and deletion */
+
+avl_node_t *avl_insert(avl_tree_t *tree, void *data)
+{
+  avl_node_t *closest, *new;
+  int result;
+
+  if (!tree->root)
+  {
+    new = avl_alloc_node();
+    new->data = data;
+    avl_insert_top(tree, new);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    closest = avl_search_closest_node(tree, data, &result);
+    switch(result)
+    {
+      case -1:
+        new = avl_alloc_node();
+        new->data = data;
+        avl_insert_before(tree, closest, new);
+        break;
+      case 1:
+        new = avl_alloc_node();
+        new->data = data;
+        avl_insert_after(tree, closest, new);
+        break;
+      default:
+        return NULL;
+    }
+  }
+  
+#ifdef AVL_COUNT
+  new->count = 1;
+#endif
+#ifdef AVL_DEPTH
+  new->depth = 1;
+#endif
+
+  return new;
+}
+
+avl_node_t *avl_insert_node(avl_tree_t *tree, avl_node_t *node)
+{
+  avl_node_t *closest;
+  int result;
+
+  if (!tree->root)
+    avl_insert_top(tree, node);
+  else
+  {
+    closest = avl_search_closest_node(tree, node->data, &result);
+    switch(result)
+    {
+      case -1:
+        avl_insert_before(tree, closest, node);
+        break;
+      case 1:
+        avl_insert_after(tree, closest, node);
+        break;
+      case 0:
+        return NULL;
+    }
+  }
+  
+#ifdef AVL_COUNT
+  node->count = 1;
+#endif
+#ifdef AVL_DEPTH
+  node->depth = 1;
+#endif
+
+  return node;
+}
+
+void avl_insert_top(avl_tree_t *tree, avl_node_t *node)
+{
+  node->prev = node->next = node->parent = NULL;
+  tree->head = tree->tail = tree->root = node;
+}
+
+void avl_insert_before(avl_tree_t *tree, avl_node_t *before, avl_node_t *node)
+{
+  if (!before)
+    return tree->tail ? avl_insert_after(tree, tree->tail, node) : avl_insert_top(tree, node);
+
+  node->next = before;
+  node->parent = before;
+  node->prev = before->prev;
+
+  if(before->left)
+    return avl_insert_after(tree, before->prev, node);
+
+  if (before->prev)
+    before->prev->next = node;
+  else
+    tree->head = node;
+
+  before->prev = node;
+  before->left = node;
+
+  avl_rebalance(tree, before->parent);
+}
+
+void avl_insert_after(avl_tree_t *tree, avl_node_t *after, avl_node_t *node)
+{
+  if (!after)
+    return tree->head ? avl_insert_before(tree, tree->head, node) : avl_insert_top(tree, node);
+
+  if(after->right)
+    return avl_insert_before(tree, after->next, node);
+
+  node->prev = after;
+  node->parent = after;
+  node->next = after->next;
+
+  if (after->next)
+    after->next->prev = node;
+  else
+    tree->tail = node;
+    
+  after->next = node;
+  after->right = node;
+
+  avl_rebalance(tree, after->parent);
+}
+
+avl_node_t *avl_unlink(avl_tree_t *tree, void *data)
+{
+  avl_node_t *node;
+  
+  node = avl_search_node(tree, data);
+
+  if(node)
+    avl_unlink_node(tree, node);
+
+  return node;
+}
+
+void avl_unlink_node(avl_tree_t *tree, avl_node_t *node)
+{
+  avl_node_t *parent;
+  avl_node_t **superparent;
+  avl_node_t *subst, *left, *right;
+  avl_node_t *balnode;
+
+  if (node->prev)
+    node->prev->next = node->next;
+  else
+    tree->head = node->next;
+  if (node->next)
+    node->next->prev = node->prev;
+  else
+    tree->tail = node->prev;
+
+  parent = node->parent;
+
+  superparent = parent ? node == parent->left ? &parent->left : &parent->right : &tree->root;
+
+  left = node->left;
+  right = node->right;
+  if (!left)
+  {
+    *superparent = right;
+    if (right)
+      right->parent = parent;
+    balnode = parent;
+  } else if (!right)
+  {
+    *superparent = left;
+    left->parent = parent;
+    balnode = parent;
+  } else
+  {
+    subst = node->prev;
+    if (subst == left)
+    {
+      balnode = subst;
+    } else
+    {
+      balnode = subst->parent;
+      balnode->right = subst->left;
+      if (balnode->right)
+        balnode->right->parent = balnode;
+      subst->left = left;
+      left->parent = subst;
+    }
+    subst->right = right;
+    subst->parent = parent;
+    right->parent = subst;
+    *superparent = subst;
+  }
+
+  avl_rebalance(tree, balnode);
+  
+  node->next = node->prev = node->parent = node->left = node->right = NULL;
+
+#ifdef AVL_COUNT
+  node->count = 0;
+#endif
+#ifdef AVL_DEPTH
+  node->depth = 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+void avl_delete_node(avl_tree_t *tree, avl_node_t *node)
+{
+  avl_unlink_node(tree, node);
+  avl_free_node(tree, node);
+}
+
+void avl_delete(avl_tree_t *tree, void *data)
+{
+  avl_node_t *node;
+
+  node = avl_search_node(tree, data);
+
+  if (node)
+    avl_delete_node(tree, node);
+}
+
+/* Fast tree cleanup */
+
+void avl_delete_tree(avl_tree_t *tree)
+{
+  avl_node_t *node, *next;
+  
+  for(node = tree->root; node; node = next)
+  {
+    next = node->next;
+    avl_free_node(tree, node);
+  }
+  
+  avl_free_tree(tree);
+}
+
+/* Tree walking */
+
+void avl_foreach(avl_tree_t *tree, avl_action_t action)
+{
+  avl_node_t *node, *next;
+  
+  for(node = tree->head; node; node = next)
+    {
+      next = node->next;
+      action(node->data);
+    }
+}
+
+void avl_foreach_node(avl_tree_t *tree, avl_action_t action)
+{
+  avl_node_t *node, *next;
+  
+  for(node = tree->head; node; node = next)
+    {
+      next = node->next;
+      action(node);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Indexing */
+
+#ifdef AVL_COUNT
+unsigned int avl_count(avl_tree_t *tree)
+{
+  return AVL_NODE_COUNT(tree->root);
+}
+
+avl_node_t *avl_get_node(const avl_tree_t *tree, unsigned int index)
+{
+  avl_node_t *node;
+  unsigned int c;
+
+  node = tree->root;
+
+  while (node)
+  {
+    c = AVL_L_COUNT(node);
+
+    if (index < c)
+    {
+      node = node->left;
+    } else if (index > c)
+    {
+      node = node->right;
+      index -= c + 1;
+    } else
+    {
+      return node;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+unsigned int avl_index(const avl_node_t *node)
+{
+  avl_node_t *next;
+  unsigned int index;
+
+  index = AVL_L_COUNT(node);
+
+  while ((next = node->parent))
+  {
+    if (node == next->right)
+      index += AVL_L_COUNT(next) + 1;
+    node = next;
+  }
+
+  return index;
+}
+#endif
+#ifdef AVL_DEPTH
+unsigned int avl_depth(avl_tree_t *tree)
+{
+  return AVL_NODE_DEPTH(tree->root);
+}
+#endif

lib/avl_tree.h

@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+/*
+    avl_tree.h -- header file for avl_tree.c
+    Copyright (C) 1998 Michael H. Buselli
+                  2000,2001 Ivo Timmermans <itimmermans@bigfoot.com>,
+                  2000,2001 Guus Sliepen <guus@sliepen.warande.net>
+                  2000,2001 Wessel Dankers <wsl@nl.linux.org>
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+
+    Original AVL tree library by Michael H. Buselli <cosine@cosine.org>.
+
+    Modified 2000-11-28 by Wessel Dankers <wsl@nl.linux.org> to use counts
+    instead of depths, to add the ->next and ->prev and to generally obfuscate
+    the code. Mail me if you found a bug.
+
+    Cleaned up and incorporated some of the ideas from the red-black tree
+    library for inclusion into tinc (http://tinc.nl.linux.org/) by
+    Guus Sliepen <guus@sliepen.warande.net>.
+
+    $Id: avl_tree.h,v 1.1.2.4 2001/02/06 10:13:22 guus Exp $
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef __AVL_TREE_H__
+#define __AVL_TREE_H__
+
+#ifndef AVL_DEPTH
+ #ifndef AVL_COUNT
+  #define AVL_DEPTH
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+typedef struct avl_node_t {
+
+  /* Linked list part */
+
+  struct avl_node_t *next;
+  struct avl_node_t *prev;
+
+  /* Tree part */
+
+  struct avl_node_t *parent;
+  struct avl_node_t *left;
+  struct avl_node_t *right;
+
+#ifdef AVL_COUNT
+  unsigned int count;
+#endif
+#ifdef AVL_DEPTH
+  unsigned char depth;
+#endif
+
+  /* Payload */
+
+  void *data;
+
+} avl_node_t;
+
+typedef int (*avl_compare_t) (const void *, const void *);
+typedef void (*avl_action_t) (const void *);
+typedef void (*avl_action_node_t) (const avl_node_t *);
+
+typedef struct avl_tree_t {
+
+  /* Linked list part */
+
+  avl_node_t *head;
+  avl_node_t *tail;
+
+  /* Tree part */
+
+  avl_node_t *root;
+
+  avl_compare_t compare;
+  avl_action_t delete;
+
+} avl_tree_t;
+
+/* (De)constructors */
+
+extern avl_tree_t *avl_alloc_tree(avl_compare_t, avl_action_t);
+extern void avl_free_tree(avl_tree_t *);
+
+extern avl_node_t *avl_alloc_node(void);
+extern void avl_free_node(avl_tree_t *tree, avl_node_t *);
+
+/* Insertion and deletion */
+
+extern avl_node_t *avl_insert(avl_tree_t *, void *);
+extern avl_node_t *avl_insert_node(avl_tree_t *, avl_node_t *);
+
+extern void avl_insert_top(avl_tree_t *, avl_node_t *);
+extern void avl_insert_before(avl_tree_t *, avl_node_t *, avl_node_t *);
+extern void avl_insert_after(avl_tree_t *, avl_node_t *, avl_node_t *);
+
+extern avl_node_t *avl_unlink(avl_tree_t *, void *);
+extern void avl_unlink_node(avl_tree_t *tree, avl_node_t *);
+extern void avl_delete(avl_tree_t *, void *);
+extern void avl_delete_node(avl_tree_t *, avl_node_t *);
+
+/* Fast tree cleanup */
+
+extern void avl_delete_tree(avl_tree_t *);
+
+/* Searching */
+
+extern void *avl_search(const avl_tree_t *, const void *);
+extern void *avl_search_closest(const avl_tree_t *, const void *, int *);
+extern void *avl_search_closest_smaller(const avl_tree_t *, const void *);
+extern void *avl_search_closest_greater(const avl_tree_t *, const void *);
+
+extern avl_node_t *avl_search_node(const avl_tree_t *, const void *);
+extern avl_node_t *avl_search_closest_node(const avl_tree_t *, const void *, int *);
+extern avl_node_t *avl_search_closest_smaller_node(const avl_tree_t *, const void *);
+extern avl_node_t *avl_search_closest_greater_node(const avl_tree_t *, const void *);
+
+/* Tree walking */
+
+extern void avl_foreach(avl_tree_t *, avl_action_t);
+extern void avl_foreach_node(avl_tree_t *, avl_action_t);
+
+/* Indexing */
+
+#ifdef AVL_COUNT
+extern unsigned int avl_count(avl_tree_t *);
+extern avl_node_t *avl_get_node(const avl_tree_t *, unsigned int);
+extern unsigned int avl_index(const avl_node_t *);
+#endif
+#ifdef AVL_DEPTH
+extern unsigned int avl_depth(avl_tree_t *);
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __AVL_TREE_H__ */

lib/dropin.c

@@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
+/*
+    dropin.c -- a set of drop-in replacements for libc functions
+    Copyright (C) 2000,2001 Ivo Timmermans <itimmermans@bigfoot.com>,
+                  2000,2001 Guus Sliepen <guus@sliepen.warande.net>
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+
+    $Id: dropin.c,v 1.1.2.8 2002/02/10 21:57:51 guus Exp $
+*/
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+#include <xalloc.h>
+
+#include <system.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#ifndef HAVE_DAEMON
+/*
+  Replacement for the daemon() function.
+  
+  The daemon() function is for programs wishing to detach themselves
+  from the controlling terminal and run in the background as system
+  daemons.
+
+  Unless the argument nochdir is non-zero, daemon() changes the
+  current working directory to the root (``/'').
+
+  Unless the argument noclose is non-zero, daemon() will redirect
+  standard input, standard output and standard error to /dev/null.
+*/
+int daemon(int nochdir, int noclose)
+{
+  pid_t pid;
+  int fd;
+  
+  pid = fork();
+  
+  /* Check if forking failed */
+  if(pid < 0)
+    {
+      perror("fork");
+      exit(-1);
+    }
+
+  /* If we are the parent, terminate */
+  if(pid)
+    exit(0);
+
+  /* Detach by becoming the new process group leader */
+  if(setsid() < 0)
+    {
+      perror("setsid");
+      return -1;
+    }
+  
+  /* Change working directory to the root (to avoid keeping mount
+     points busy) */
+  if(!nochdir)
+    {
+      chdir("/");
+    }
+    
+  /* Redirect stdin/out/err to /dev/null */
+  if(!noclose)
+    {
+      fd = open("/dev/null", O_RDWR);
+
+      if(fd < 0)
+        {
+          perror("opening /dev/null");
+          return -1;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          dup2(fd, 0);
+          dup2(fd, 1);
+          dup2(fd, 2);
+        }
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+#ifndef HAVE_GET_CURRENT_DIR_NAME
+/*
+  Replacement for the GNU get_current_dir_name function:
+
+  get_current_dir_name will malloc(3) an array big enough to hold the
+  current directory name.  If the environment variable PWD is set, and
+  its value is correct, then that value will be returned.
+*/
+char *get_current_dir_name(void)
+{
+  size_t size;
+  char *buf;
+  char *r;
+
+  /* Start with 100 bytes.  If this turns out to be insufficient to
+     contain the working directory, double the size.  */
+  size = 100;
+  buf = xmalloc(size);
+
+  errno = 0; /* Success */
+  r = getcwd(buf, size);
+  /* getcwd returns NULL and sets errno to ERANGE if the bufferspace
+     is insufficient to contain the entire working directory.  */
+  while(r == NULL && errno == ERANGE)
+    {
+      free(buf);
+      size <<= 1; /* double the size */
+      buf = xmalloc(size);
+      r = getcwd(buf, size);
+    }
+
+  return buf;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_ASPRINTF
+int asprintf(char **buf, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+  int status;
+  va_list ap;
+  int len;
+  
+  len = 4096;
+  *buf = xmalloc(len);
+
+  va_start(ap, fmt);
+  status = vsnprintf (*buf, len, fmt, ap);
+  va_end (ap);
+
+  if(status >= 0)
+    *buf = xrealloc(*buf, status);
+
+  if(status > len-1)
+    {
+      len = status;
+      va_start(ap, fmt);
+      status = vsnprintf (*buf, len, fmt, ap);
+      va_end (ap);
+    }
+
+  return status;
+}
+#endif

lib/dropin.h

@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/*
+    dropin.h -- header file for dropin.c
+    Copyright (C) 2000,2001 Ivo Timmermans <itimmermans@bigfoot.com>,
+                  2000,2001 Guus Sliepen <guus@sliepen.warande.net>
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+
+    $Id: dropin.h,v 1.1.2.6 2002/02/10 21:57:51 guus Exp $
+*/
+
+#ifndef __DROPIN_H__
+#define __DROPIN_H__
+
+#ifndef HAVE_DAEMON
+extern int daemon(int, int);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_GET_CURRENT_DIR_NAME
+extern char* get_current_dir_name(void);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_ASPRINTF
+extern int asprintf(char **, const char *, ...);
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __DROPIN_H__ */

lib/getopt.h

@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+/* Declarations for getopt.
+   Copyright (C) 1989,90,91,92,93,94,96,97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _GETOPT_H
+#define _GETOPT_H 1
+
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller.
+   When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
+   the argument value is returned here.
+   Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
+   each non-option ARGV-element is returned here.  */
+
+extern char *optarg;
+
+/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
+   This is used for communication to and from the caller
+   and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'.
+
+   On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
+
+   When `getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the
+   non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
+
+   Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next
+   how much of ARGV has been scanned so far.  */
+
+extern int optind;
+
+/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message `getopt' prints
+   for unrecognized options.  */
+
+extern int opterr;
+
+/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized.  */
+
+extern int optopt;
+
+/* Describe the long-named options requested by the application.
+   The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector
+   of `struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is
+   zero.
+
+   The field `has_arg' is:
+   no_argument		(or 0) if the option does not take an argument,
+   required_argument	(or 1) if the option requires an argument,
+   optional_argument 	(or 2) if the option takes an optional argument.
+
+   If the field `flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set
+   to the value given in the field `val' when the option is found, but
+   left unchanged if the option is not found.
+
+   To have a long-named option do something other than set an `int' to
+   a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from `optarg', set the
+   option's `flag' field to zero and its `val' field to a nonzero
+   value (the equivalent single-letter option character, if there is
+   one).  For long options that have a zero `flag' field, `getopt'
+   returns the contents of the `val' field.  */
+
+struct option
+{
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+  const char *name;
+#else
+  char *name;
+#endif
+  /* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about
+     type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int.  */
+  int has_arg;
+  int *flag;
+  int val;
+};
+
+/* Names for the values of the `has_arg' field of `struct option'.  */
+
+#define	no_argument		0
+#define required_argument	1
+#define optional_argument	2
+
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
+/* Many other libraries have conflicting prototypes for getopt, with
+   differences in the consts, in stdlib.h.  To avoid compilation
+   errors, only prototype getopt for the GNU C library.  */
+extern int getopt (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts);
+#else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
+extern int getopt ();
+#endif /* __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
+extern int getopt_long (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts,
+		        const struct option *longopts, int *longind);
+extern int getopt_long_only (int argc, char *const *argv,
+			     const char *shortopts,
+		             const struct option *longopts, int *longind);
+
+/* Internal only.  Users should not call this directly.  */
+extern int _getopt_internal (int argc, char *const *argv,
+			     const char *shortopts,
+		             const struct option *longopts, int *longind,
+			     int long_only);
+#else /* not __STDC__ */
+extern int getopt ();
+extern int getopt_long ();
+extern int getopt_long_only ();
+
+extern int _getopt_internal ();
+#endif /* __STDC__ */
+
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _GETOPT_H */

lib/getopt1.c

@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
+/* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt.
+   Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "getopt.h"
+
+#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__
+/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
+   reject `defined (const)'.  */
+#ifndef const
+#define const
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
+   actually compiling the library itself.  This code is part of the GNU C
+   Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions.  Compiling
+   and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
+   (especially if it is a shared library).  Rather than having every GNU
+   program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
+   it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
+
+#define GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION 2
+#if !defined (_LIBC) && defined (__GLIBC__) && __GLIBC__ >= 2
+#include <gnu-versions.h>
+#if _GNU_GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION == GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION
+#define ELIDE_CODE
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ELIDE_CODE
+
+
+/* This needs to come after some library #include
+   to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined.  */
+#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef	NULL
+#define NULL 0
+#endif
+
+int
+getopt_long (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index)
+     int argc;
+     char *const *argv;
+     const char *options;
+     const struct option *long_options;
+     int *opt_index;
+{
+  return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 0);
+}
+
+/* Like getopt_long, but '-' as well as '--' can indicate a long option.
+   If an option that starts with '-' (not '--') doesn't match a long option,
+   but does match a short option, it is parsed as a short option
+   instead.  */
+
+int
+getopt_long_only (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index)
+     int argc;
+     char *const *argv;
+     const char *options;
+     const struct option *long_options;
+     int *opt_index;
+{
+  return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 1);
+}
+
+
+#endif	/* Not ELIDE_CODE.  */
+
+#ifdef TEST
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+int
+main (argc, argv)
+     int argc;
+     char **argv;
+{
+  int c;
+  int digit_optind = 0;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
+      int option_index = 0;
+      static struct option long_options[] =
+      {
+	{"add", 1, 0, 0},
+	{"append", 0, 0, 0},
+	{"delete", 1, 0, 0},
+	{"verbose", 0, 0, 0},
+	{"create", 0, 0, 0},
+	{"file", 1, 0, 0},
+	{0, 0, 0, 0}
+      };
+
+      c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789",
+		       long_options, &option_index);
+      if (c == -1)
+	break;
+
+      switch (c)
+	{
+	case 0:
+	  printf ("option %s", long_options[option_index].name);
+	  if (optarg)
+	    printf (" with arg %s", optarg);
+	  printf ("\n");
+	  break;
+
+	case '0':
+	case '1':
+	case '2':
+	case '3':
+	case '4':
+	case '5':
+	case '6':
+	case '7':
+	case '8':
+	case '9':
+	  if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
+	    printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
+	  digit_optind = this_option_optind;
+	  printf ("option %c\n", c);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'a':
+	  printf ("option a\n");
+	  break;
+
+	case 'b':
+	  printf ("option b\n");
+	  break;
+
+	case 'c':
+	  printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'd':
+	  printf ("option d with value `%s'\n", optarg);
+	  break;
+
+	case '?':
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	  printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (optind < argc)
+    {
+      printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
+      while (optind < argc)
+	printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
+      printf ("\n");
+    }
+
+  exit (0);
+}
+
+#endif /* TEST */

lib/list.c

@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
+/*
+    list.c -- functions to deal with double linked lists
+    Copyright (C) 2000,2001 Ivo Timmermans <itimmermans@bigfoot.com>
+                  2000,2001 Guus Sliepen <guus@sliepen.warande.net>
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+
+    $Id: list.c,v 1.1.2.10 2002/03/27 15:01:16 guus Exp $
+*/
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include <xalloc.h>
+#include <system.h>
+
+#include "list.h"
+
+/* (De)constructors */
+
+list_t *list_alloc(list_action_t delete)
+{
+  list_t *list;
+
+  list = xmalloc_and_zero(sizeof(list_t));
+  list->delete = delete;
+
+  return list;
+}
+
+void list_free(list_t *list)
+{
+  free(list);
+}
+
+list_node_t *list_alloc_node(void)
+{
+  list_node_t *node;
+  
+  node = xmalloc_and_zero(sizeof(list_node_t));
+  
+  return node;
+}
+
+void list_free_node(list_t *list, list_node_t *node)
+{
+  if(node->data && list->delete)
+    list->delete(node->data);
+  
+  free(node);
+}
+
+/* Insertion and deletion */
+
+list_node_t *list_insert_head(list_t *list, void *data)
+{
+  list_node_t *node;
+  
+  node = list_alloc_node();
+  
+  node->data = data;
+  node->prev = NULL;
+  node->next = list->head;
+  list->head = node;
+  
+  if(node->next)
+    node->next->prev = node;
+  else
+    list->tail = node;
+
+  list->count++;
+
+  return node;
+}
+
+list_node_t *list_insert_tail(list_t *list, void *data)
+{
+  list_node_t *node;
+  
+  node = list_alloc_node();
+  
+  node->data = data;
+  node->next = NULL;
+  node->prev = list->tail;
+  list->tail = node;
+  
+  if(node->prev)
+    node->prev->next = node;
+  else
+    list->head = node;
+
+  list->count++;
+  
+  return node;
+}
+
+void list_unlink_node(list_t *list, list_node_t *node)
+{
+  if(node->prev)
+    node->prev->next = node->next;
+  else
+    list->head = node->next;
+    
+  if(node->next)
+    node->next->prev = node->prev;
+  else
+    list->tail = node->prev;
+
+  list->count--;
+}
+
+void list_delete_node(list_t *list, list_node_t *node)
+{
+  list_unlink_node(list, node);
+  list_free_node(list, node);
+}
+
+void list_delete_head(list_t *list)
+{
+  list_delete_node(list, list->head);
+}
+
+void list_delete_tail(list_t *list)
+{
+  list_delete_node(list, list->tail);
+}
+
+/* Head/tail lookup */
+
+void *list_get_head(list_t *list)
+{
+  if(list->head)
+    return list->head->data;
+  else
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+void *list_get_tail(list_t *list)
+{
+  if(list->tail)
+    return list->tail->data;
+  else
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Fast list deletion */
+
+void list_delete_list(list_t *list)
+{
+  list_node_t *node, *next;
+  
+  for(node = list->head; node; node = next)
+    {
+      next = node->next;
+      list_free_node(list, node);
+    }
+
+  list_free(list);
+}
+
+/* Traversing */
+
+void list_foreach_node(list_t *list, list_action_node_t action)
+{
+  list_node_t *node, *next;
+
+  for(node = list->head; node; node = next)
+    {
+      next = node->next;
+      action(node);
+    }
+}
+
+void list_foreach(list_t *list, list_action_t action)
+{
+  list_node_t *node, *next;
+
+  for(node = list->head; node; node = next)
+    {
+      next = node->next;
+      if(node->data)
+        action(node->data);
+    }
+}

lib/list.h

@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+    list.h -- header file for list.c
+    Copyright (C) 2000,2001 Ivo Timmermans <itimmermans@bigfoot.com>
+                  2000,2001 Guus Sliepen <guus@sliepen.warande.net>
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+
+    $Id: list.h,v 1.1.2.5 2002/03/27 15:01:16 guus Exp $
+*/
+
+#ifndef __TINC_LIST_H__
+#define __TINC_LIST_H__
+
+typedef struct list_node_t
+{
+  struct list_node_t *prev;
+  struct list_node_t *next;
+
+  /* Payload */
+
+  void *data;
+} list_node_t;
+
+typedef void (*list_action_t) (const void *);
+typedef void (*list_action_node_t) (const list_node_t *);
+
+typedef struct list_t
+{
+  list_node_t *head;
+  list_node_t *tail;
+  int count;
+
+  /* Callbacks */
+
+  list_action_t delete;
+} list_t;
+
+/* (De)constructors */
+
+extern list_t *list_alloc(list_action_t);
+extern void list_free(list_t *);
+extern list_node_t *list_alloc_node(void);
+extern void list_free_node(list_t *, list_node_t *);
+
+/* Insertion and deletion */
+
+extern list_node_t *list_insert_head(list_t *, void *);
+extern list_node_t *list_insert_tail(list_t *, void *);
+
+extern void list_unlink_node(list_t *, list_node_t *);
+extern void list_delete_node(list_t *, list_node_t *);
+
+extern void list_delete_head(list_t *);
+extern void list_delete_tail(list_t *);
+
+/* Head/tail lookup */
+
+extern void *list_get_head(list_t *);
+extern void *list_get_tail(list_t *);
+
+/* Fast list deletion */
+
+extern void list_delete_list(list_t *);
+
+/* Traversing */
+
+extern void list_foreach(list_t *, list_action_t);
+extern void list_foreach_node(list_t *, list_action_node_t);
+
+#endif /* __TINC_LIST_H__ */

lib/malloc.c

@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/* Work around bug on some systems where malloc (0) fails.
+   Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+#undef malloc
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+char *malloc ();
+
+/* Allocate an N-byte block of memory from the heap.
+   If N is zero, allocate a 1-byte block.  */
+
+char *
+rpl_malloc (n)
+     size_t n;
+{
+  if (n == 0)
+    n = 1;
+  return malloc (n);
+}

lib/memcmp.c

@@ -0,0 +1,391 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1993, 1995, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Torbjorn Granlund (tege@sics.se).
+
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+   Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#undef	__ptr_t
+#if defined __cplusplus || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+# define __ptr_t	void *
+#else /* Not C++ or ANSI C.  */
+# undef	const
+# define const
+# define __ptr_t	char *
+#endif /* C++ or ANSI C.  */
+
+#ifndef __P
+# if defined __GNUC__ || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#  define __P(args) args
+# else
+#  define __P(args) ()
+# endif  /* GCC.  */
+#endif  /* Not __P.  */
+
+#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+
+#undef memcmp
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+
+# include <memcopy.h>
+
+#else	/* Not in the GNU C library.  */
+
+# include <sys/types.h>
+
+/* Type to use for aligned memory operations.
+   This should normally be the biggest type supported by a single load
+   and store.  Must be an unsigned type.  */
+# define op_t	unsigned long int
+# define OPSIZ	(sizeof(op_t))
+
+/* Threshold value for when to enter the unrolled loops.  */
+# define OP_T_THRES	16
+
+/* Type to use for unaligned operations.  */
+typedef unsigned char byte;
+
+# ifndef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
+#  define MERGE(w0, sh_1, w1, sh_2) (((w0) >> (sh_1)) | ((w1) << (sh_2)))
+# else
+#  define MERGE(w0, sh_1, w1, sh_2) (((w0) << (sh_1)) | ((w1) >> (sh_2)))
+# endif
+
+#endif	/* In the GNU C library.  */
+
+#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
+# define CMP_LT_OR_GT(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? 1 : -1)
+#else
+# define CMP_LT_OR_GT(a, b) memcmp_bytes ((a), (b))
+#endif
+
+/* BE VERY CAREFUL IF YOU CHANGE THIS CODE!  */
+
+/* The strategy of this memcmp is:
+
+   1. Compare bytes until one of the block pointers is aligned.
+
+   2. Compare using memcmp_common_alignment or
+      memcmp_not_common_alignment, regarding the alignment of the other
+      block after the initial byte operations.  The maximum number of
+      full words (of type op_t) are compared in this way.
+
+   3. Compare the few remaining bytes.  */
+
+#ifndef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
+/* memcmp_bytes -- Compare A and B bytewise in the byte order of the machine.
+   A and B are known to be different.
+   This is needed only on little-endian machines.  */
+
+static int memcmp_bytes __P((op_t, op_t));
+
+# ifdef  __GNUC__
+__inline
+# endif
+static int
+memcmp_bytes (a, b)
+     op_t a, b;
+{
+  long int srcp1 = (long int) &a;
+  long int srcp2 = (long int) &b;
+  op_t a0, b0;
+
+  do
+    {
+      a0 = ((byte *) srcp1)[0];
+      b0 = ((byte *) srcp2)[0];
+      srcp1 += 1;
+      srcp2 += 1;
+    }
+  while (a0 == b0);
+  return a0 - b0;
+}
+#endif
+
+static int memcmp_common_alignment __P((long, long, size_t));
+
+/* memcmp_common_alignment -- Compare blocks at SRCP1 and SRCP2 with LEN `op_t'
+   objects (not LEN bytes!).  Both SRCP1 and SRCP2 should be aligned for
+   memory operations on `op_t's.  */
+#ifdef	__GNUC__
+__inline
+#endif
+static int
+memcmp_common_alignment (srcp1, srcp2, len)
+     long int srcp1;
+     long int srcp2;
+     size_t len;
+{
+  op_t a0, a1;
+  op_t b0, b1;
+
+  switch (len % 4)
+    {
+    default: /* Avoid warning about uninitialized local variables.  */
+    case 2:
+      a0 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
+      b0 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
+      srcp1 -= 2 * OPSIZ;
+      srcp2 -= 2 * OPSIZ;
+      len += 2;
+      goto do1;
+    case 3:
+      a1 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
+      b1 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
+      srcp1 -= OPSIZ;
+      srcp2 -= OPSIZ;
+      len += 1;
+      goto do2;
+    case 0:
+      if (OP_T_THRES <= 3 * OPSIZ && len == 0)
+	return 0;
+      a0 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
+      b0 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
+      goto do3;
+    case 1:
+      a1 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
+      b1 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
+      srcp1 += OPSIZ;
+      srcp2 += OPSIZ;
+      len -= 1;
+      if (OP_T_THRES <= 3 * OPSIZ && len == 0)
+	goto do0;
+      /* Fall through.  */
+    }
+
+  do
+    {
+      a0 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
+      b0 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
+      if (a1 != b1)
+	return CMP_LT_OR_GT (a1, b1);
+
+    do3:
+      a1 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[1];
+      b1 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[1];
+      if (a0 != b0)
+	return CMP_LT_OR_GT (a0, b0);
+
+    do2:
+      a0 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[2];
+      b0 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[2];
+      if (a1 != b1)
+	return CMP_LT_OR_GT (a1, b1);
+
+    do1:
+      a1 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[3];
+      b1 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[3];
+      if (a0 != b0)
+	return CMP_LT_OR_GT (a0, b0);
+
+      srcp1 += 4 * OPSIZ;
+      srcp2 += 4 * OPSIZ;
+      len -= 4;
+    }
+  while (len != 0);
+
+  /* This is the right position for do0.  Please don't move
+     it into the loop.  */
+ do0:
+  if (a1 != b1)
+    return CMP_LT_OR_GT (a1, b1);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int memcmp_not_common_alignment __P((long, long, size_t));
+
+/* memcmp_not_common_alignment -- Compare blocks at SRCP1 and SRCP2 with LEN
+   `op_t' objects (not LEN bytes!).  SRCP2 should be aligned for memory
+   operations on `op_t', but SRCP1 *should be unaligned*.  */
+#ifdef	__GNUC__
+__inline
+#endif
+static int
+memcmp_not_common_alignment (srcp1, srcp2, len)
+     long int srcp1;
+     long int srcp2;
+     size_t len;
+{
+  op_t a0, a1, a2, a3;
+  op_t b0, b1, b2, b3;
+  op_t x;
+  int shl, shr;
+
+  /* Calculate how to shift a word read at the memory operation
+     aligned srcp1 to make it aligned for comparison.  */
+
+  shl = 8 * (srcp1 % OPSIZ);
+  shr = 8 * OPSIZ - shl;
+
+  /* Make SRCP1 aligned by rounding it down to the beginning of the `op_t'
+     it points in the middle of.  */
+  srcp1 &= -OPSIZ;
+
+  switch (len % 4)
+    {
+    default: /* Avoid warning about uninitialized local variables.  */
+    case 2:
+      a1 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
+      a2 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[1];
+      b2 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
+      srcp1 -= 1 * OPSIZ;
+      srcp2 -= 2 * OPSIZ;
+      len += 2;
+      goto do1;
+    case 3:
+      a0 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
+      a1 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[1];
+      b1 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
+      srcp2 -= 1 * OPSIZ;
+      len += 1;
+      goto do2;
+    case 0:
+      if (OP_T_THRES <= 3 * OPSIZ && len == 0)
+	return 0;
+      a3 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
+      a0 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[1];
+      b0 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
+      srcp1 += 1 * OPSIZ;
+      goto do3;
+    case 1:
+      a2 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
+      a3 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[1];
+      b3 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
+      srcp1 += 2 * OPSIZ;
+      srcp2 += 1 * OPSIZ;
+      len -= 1;
+      if (OP_T_THRES <= 3 * OPSIZ && len == 0)
+	goto do0;
+      /* Fall through.  */
+    }
+
+  do
+    {
+      a0 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
+      b0 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
+      x = MERGE(a2, shl, a3, shr);
+      if (x != b3)
+	return CMP_LT_OR_GT (x, b3);
+
+    do3:
+      a1 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[1];
+      b1 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[1];
+      x = MERGE(a3, shl, a0, shr);
+      if (x != b0)
+	return CMP_LT_OR_GT (x, b0);
+
+    do2:
+      a2 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[2];
+      b2 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[2];
+      x = MERGE(a0, shl, a1, shr);
+      if (x != b1)
+	return CMP_LT_OR_GT (x, b1);
+
+    do1:
+      a3 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[3];
+      b3 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[3];
+      x = MERGE(a1, shl, a2, shr);
+      if (x != b2)
+	return CMP_LT_OR_GT (x, b2);
+
+      srcp1 += 4 * OPSIZ;
+      srcp2 += 4 * OPSIZ;
+      len -= 4;
+    }
+  while (len != 0);
+
+  /* This is the right position for do0.  Please don't move
+     it into the loop.  */
+ do0:
+  x = MERGE(a2, shl, a3, shr);
+  if (x != b3)
+    return CMP_LT_OR_GT (x, b3);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+rpl_memcmp (s1, s2, len)
+     const __ptr_t s1;
+     const __ptr_t s2;
+     size_t len;
+{
+  op_t a0;
+  op_t b0;
+  long int srcp1 = (long int) s1;
+  long int srcp2 = (long int) s2;
+  op_t res;
+
+  if (len >= OP_T_THRES)
+    {
+      /* There are at least some bytes to compare.  No need to test
+	 for LEN == 0 in this alignment loop.  */
+      while (srcp2 % OPSIZ != 0)
+	{
+	  a0 = ((byte *) srcp1)[0];
+	  b0 = ((byte *) srcp2)[0];
+	  srcp1 += 1;
+	  srcp2 += 1;
+	  res = a0 - b0;
+	  if (res != 0)
+	    return res;
+	  len -= 1;
+	}
+
+      /* SRCP2 is now aligned for memory operations on `op_t'.
+	 SRCP1 alignment determines if we can do a simple,
+	 aligned compare or need to shuffle bits.  */
+
+      if (srcp1 % OPSIZ == 0)
+	res = memcmp_common_alignment (srcp1, srcp2, len / OPSIZ);
+      else
+	res = memcmp_not_common_alignment (srcp1, srcp2, len / OPSIZ);
+      if (res != 0)
+	return res;
+
+      /* Number of bytes remaining in the interval [0..OPSIZ-1].  */
+      srcp1 += len & -OPSIZ;
+      srcp2 += len & -OPSIZ;
+      len %= OPSIZ;
+    }
+
+  /* There are just a few bytes to compare.  Use byte memory operations.  */
+  while (len != 0)
+    {
+      a0 = ((byte *) srcp1)[0];
+      b0 = ((byte *) srcp2)[0];
+      srcp1 += 1;
+      srcp2 += 1;
+      res = a0 - b0;
+      if (res != 0)
+	return res;
+      len -= 1;
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#ifdef weak_alias
+# undef bcmp
+weak_alias (memcmp, bcmp)
+#endif

lib/pidfile.c

@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+/*
+    pidfile.c - interact with pidfiles
+    Copyright (c) 1995  Martin Schulze <Martin.Schulze@Linux.DE>
+
+    This file is part of the sysklogd package, a kernel and system log daemon.
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111, USA
+*/
+
+/* left unaltered for tinc -- Ivo Timmermans */
+/*
+ * Sat Aug 19 13:24:33 MET DST 1995: Martin Schulze
+ *	First version (v0.2) released
+ */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/file.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+
+/* read_pid
+ *
+ * Reads the specified pidfile and returns the read pid.
+ * 0 is returned if either there's no pidfile, it's empty
+ * or no pid can be read.
+ */
+int read_pid (char *pidfile)
+{
+  FILE *f;
+  int pid;
+
+  if (!(f=fopen(pidfile,"r")))
+    return 0;
+  fscanf(f,"%d", &pid);
+  fclose(f);
+  return pid;
+}
+
+/* check_pid
+ *
+ * Reads the pid using read_pid and looks up the pid in the process
+ * table (using /proc) to determine if the process already exists. If
+ * so 1 is returned, otherwise 0.
+ */
+int check_pid (char *pidfile)
+{
+  int pid = read_pid(pidfile);
+
+  /* Amazing ! _I_ am already holding the pid file... */
+  if ((!pid) || (pid == getpid ()))
+    return 0;
+
+  /*
+   * The 'standard' method of doing this is to try and do a 'fake' kill
+   * of the process.  If an ESRCH error is returned the process cannot
+   * be found -- GW
+   */
+  /* But... errno is usually changed only on error.. */
+  errno = 0;
+  if (kill(pid, 0) && errno == ESRCH)
+	  return(0);
+
+  return pid;
+}
+
+/* write_pid
+ *
+ * Writes the pid to the specified file. If that fails 0 is
+ * returned, otherwise the pid.
+ */
+int write_pid (char *pidfile)
+{
+  FILE *f;
+  int fd;
+  int pid;
+
+  if ( ((fd = open(pidfile, O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644)) == -1)
+       || ((f = fdopen(fd, "r+")) == NULL) ) {
+      fprintf(stderr, "Can't open or create %s.\n", pidfile);
+      return 0;
+  }
+  
+#ifdef HAVE_FLOCK
+  if (flock(fd, LOCK_EX|LOCK_NB) == -1) {
+      fscanf(f, "%d", &pid);
+      fclose(f);
+      printf("Can't lock, lock is held by pid %d.\n", pid);
+      return 0;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  pid = getpid();
+  if (!fprintf(f,"%d\n", pid)) {
+      printf("Can't write pid , %s.\n", strerror(errno));
+      close(fd);
+      return 0;
+  }
+  fflush(f);
+
+#ifdef HAVE_FLOCK
+  if (flock(fd, LOCK_UN) == -1) {
+      printf("Can't unlock pidfile %s, %s.\n", pidfile, strerror(errno));
+      close(fd);
+      return 0;
+  }
+#endif
+  close(fd);
+
+  return pid;
+}
+
+/* remove_pid
+ *
+ * Remove the the specified file. The result from unlink(2)
+ * is returned
+ */
+int remove_pid (char *pidfile)
+{
+  return unlink (pidfile);
+}
+  

lib/pidfile.h

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/*
+    pidfile.h - interact with pidfiles
+    Copyright (c) 1995  Martin Schulze <Martin.Schulze@Linux.DE>
+
+    This file is part of the sysklogd package, a kernel and system log daemon.
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111, USA.
+*/
+
+/* read_pid
+ *
+ * Reads the specified pidfile and returns the read pid.
+ * 0 is returned if either there's no pidfile, it's empty
+ * or no pid can be read.
+ */
+int read_pid (char *pidfile);
+
+/* check_pid
+ *
+ * Reads the pid using read_pid and looks up the pid in the process
+ * table (using /proc) to determine if the process already exists. If
+ * so 1 is returned, otherwise 0.
+ */
+int check_pid (char *pidfile);
+
+/* write_pid
+ *
+ * Writes the pid to the specified file. If that fails 0 is
+ * returned, otherwise the pid.
+ */
+int write_pid (char *pidfile);
+
+/* remove_pid
+ *
+ * Remove the the specified file. The result from unlink(2)
+ * is returned
+ */
+int remove_pid (char *pidfile);

lib/realloc.c

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/* Work around bug on some systems where realloc (NULL, 0) fails.
+   Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+#undef realloc
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+char *malloc ();
+char *realloc ();
+
+/* Change the size of an allocated block of memory P to N bytes,
+   with error checking.  If N is zero, change it to 1.  If P is NULL,
+   use malloc.  */
+
+char *
+rpl_realloc (p, n)
+     char *p;
+     size_t n;
+{
+  if (n == 0)
+    n = 1;
+  if (p == 0)
+    return malloc (n);
+  return realloc (p, n);
+}

lib/utils.c

@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/*
+    utils.c -- gathering of some stupid small functions
+    Copyright (C) 1999-2001 Ivo Timmermans <zarq@iname.com>
+                  2000,2001 Guus Sliepen <guus@sliepen.warande.net>
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+*/
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+#include <utils.h>
+#include <syslog.h>
+#include <xalloc.h>
+
+#ifdef ENABLE_TRACING
+volatile int (cp_line[]) = {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0};
+volatile char (*cp_file[]) = {"?", "?", "?", "?", "?", "?", "?", "?", "?", "?", "?", "?", "?", "?", "?", "?"};
+volatile int cp_index = 0;
+#endif
+
+char *hexadecimals = "0123456789ABCDEF";
+
+int charhex2bin(char c)
+{
+  if(isdigit(c))
+    return c - '0';
+  else
+    return toupper(c) - 'A' + 10;
+}
+
+
+void hex2bin(char *src, char *dst, int length)
+{
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<length; i++)
+    dst[i] = charhex2bin(src[i*2])*16 + charhex2bin(src[i*2+1]);
+}
+
+void bin2hex(char *src, char *dst, int length)
+{
+  int i;
+  for(i=length-1; i>=0; i--)
+    {
+      dst[i*2+1] = hexadecimals[(unsigned char)src[i] & 15];
+      dst[i*2] = hexadecimals[(unsigned char)src[i]>>4];
+    }
+}
+
+#ifdef ENABLE_TRACING
+void cp_trace()
+{
+  syslog(LOG_DEBUG, "Checkpoint trace: %s:%d <- %s:%d <- %s:%d <- %s:%d <- %s:%d <- %s:%d <- %s:%d <- %s:%d <- %s:%d <- %s:%d <- %s:%d <- %s:%d <- %s:%d <- %s:%d <- %s:%d <- %s:%d...",
+           cp_file[(cp_index+15)%16], cp_line[(cp_index+15)%16],
+           cp_file[(cp_index+14)%16], cp_line[(cp_index+14)%16],
+           cp_file[(cp_index+13)%16], cp_line[(cp_index+13)%16],
+           cp_file[(cp_index+12)%16], cp_line[(cp_index+12)%16],
+           cp_file[(cp_index+11)%16], cp_line[(cp_index+11)%16],
+           cp_file[(cp_index+10)%16], cp_line[(cp_index+10)%16],
+           cp_file[(cp_index+9)%16], cp_line[(cp_index+9)%16],
+           cp_file[(cp_index+8)%16], cp_line[(cp_index+8)%16],
+           cp_file[(cp_index+7)%16], cp_line[(cp_index+7)%16],
+           cp_file[(cp_index+6)%16], cp_line[(cp_index+6)%16],
+           cp_file[(cp_index+5)%16], cp_line[(cp_index+5)%16],
+           cp_file[(cp_index+4)%16], cp_line[(cp_index+4)%16],
+           cp_file[(cp_index+3)%16], cp_line[(cp_index+3)%16],
+           cp_file[(cp_index+2)%16], cp_line[(cp_index+2)%16],
+           cp_file[(cp_index+1)%16], cp_line[(cp_index+1)%16],
+           cp_file[cp_index], cp_line[cp_index]
+        );
+}
+#endif

lib/utils.h

@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/*
+    utils.h -- header file for utils.c
+    Copyright (C) 1999-2001 Ivo Timmermans <zarq@iname.com>
+                  2000,2001 Guus Sliepen <guus@sliepen.warande.net>
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+*/
+
+#ifndef __TINC_UTILS_H__
+#define __TINC_UTILS_H__
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+enum {
+  DEBUG_NOTHING = 0,		/* Quiet mode, only show starting/stopping of the daemon */
+  DEBUG_CONNECTIONS = 1,	/* Show (dis)connects of other tinc daemons via TCP */
+  DEBUG_ERROR = 2,		/* Show error messages received from other hosts */
+  DEBUG_STATUS = 2,		/* Show status messages received from other hosts */
+  DEBUG_PROTOCOL = 3,		/* Show the requests that are sent/received */
+  DEBUG_META = 4,		/* Show contents of every request that is sent/received */
+  DEBUG_TRAFFIC = 5,		/* Show network traffic information */
+  DEBUG_PACKET = 6,		/* Show contents of each packet that is being sent/received */
+  DEBUG_SCARY_THINGS = 10	/* You have been warned */
+};
+
+#define min(a,b) (((a)<(b))?(a):(b))
+
+#ifdef ENABLE_TRACING
+extern volatile int cp_line[];
+extern volatile char *cp_file[];
+extern volatile int cp_index;
+extern void cp_trace(void);
+
+  #define cp { cp_line[cp_index] = __LINE__; cp_file[cp_index] = __FILE__; cp_index++; cp_index %= 16; }
+  #define ecp { fprintf(stderr, "Explicit checkpoint in %s line %d\n", __FILE__, __LINE__); }
+#else
+  #define cp
+  #define ecp
+  #define cp_trace()
+#endif
+
+extern void hex2bin(char *src, char *dst, int length);
+extern void bin2hex(char *src, char *dst, int length);
+
+#endif /* __TINC_UTILS_H__ */

lib/xalloc.h

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Exit value when the requested amount of memory is not available.
+   The caller may set it to some other value.  */
+extern int xalloc_exit_failure;
+
+/* FIXME: describe */
+extern char *const xalloc_msg_memory_exhausted;
+
+/* FIXME: describe */
+extern void (*xalloc_fail_func) ();
+
+void *xmalloc PARAMS ((size_t n));
+void *xmalloc_and_zero PARAMS ((size_t n));
+void *xcalloc PARAMS ((size_t n, size_t s));
+void *xrealloc PARAMS ((void *p, size_t n));
+
+char *xstrdup PARAMS ((const char *s));

lib/xmalloc.c

@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+/* xmalloc.c -- malloc with out of memory checking
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if STDC_HEADERS
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+void *calloc ();
+void *malloc ();
+void *realloc ();
+void free ();
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+# include <libintl.h>
+# define _(Text) gettext (Text)
+#else
+# define textdomain(Domain)
+# define _(Text) Text
+#endif
+#define N_(Text) Text
+
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+#ifndef EXIT_FAILURE
+# define EXIT_FAILURE 1
+#endif
+
+/* Prototypes for functions defined here.  */
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+void *xmalloc (size_t n);
+void *xcalloc (size_t n, size_t s);
+void *xrealloc (void *p, size_t n);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_DONE_WORKING_MALLOC_CHECK
+#error you must run the autoconf test for a properly working malloc -- see malloc.m4
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_DONE_WORKING_REALLOC_CHECK
+#error you must run the autoconf test for a properly working realloc -- see realloc.m4
+#endif
+
+/* Exit value when the requested amount of memory is not available.
+   The caller may set it to some other value.  */
+int xalloc_exit_failure = EXIT_FAILURE;
+
+/* FIXME: describe */
+char *const xalloc_msg_memory_exhausted = N_("Memory exhausted");
+
+/* FIXME: describe */
+void (*xalloc_fail_func) (int) = 0;
+
+static void
+xalloc_fail (int size)
+{
+  if (xalloc_fail_func)
+    (*xalloc_fail_func) (size);
+  fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", xalloc_msg_memory_exhausted);
+  exit(xalloc_exit_failure);
+}
+
+/* Allocate N bytes of memory dynamically, with error checking.  */
+
+void *
+xmalloc (n)
+     size_t n;
+{
+  void *p;
+
+  p = malloc (n);
+  if (p == 0)
+    xalloc_fail ((int)n);
+  return p;
+}
+
+/* Allocate N bytes of memory dynamically, and set it all to zero. */
+
+void *
+xmalloc_and_zero (n)
+     size_t n;
+{
+  void *p;
+
+  p = malloc (n);
+  if (p == 0)
+    xalloc_fail ((int)n);
+  memset (p, '\0', n);
+  return p;
+}
+
+/* Change the size of an allocated block of memory P to N bytes,
+   with error checking.
+   If P is NULL, run xmalloc.  */
+
+void *
+xrealloc (p, n)
+     void *p;
+     size_t n;
+{
+  p = realloc (p, n);
+  if (p == 0)
+    xalloc_fail (n);
+  return p;
+}
+
+/* Duplicate a string */
+
+char *xstrdup(const char *s)
+{
+  char *p;
+  
+  p = strdup(s);
+  if(!p)
+    xalloc_fail ((int)strlen(s));
+  return p;
+}
+
+#ifdef NOT_USED
+
+/* Allocate memory for N elements of S bytes, with error checking.  */
+
+void *
+xcalloc (n, s)
+     size_t n, s;
+{
+  void *p;
+
+  p = calloc (n, s);
+  if (p == 0)
+    xalloc_fail ();
+  return p;
+}
+
+#endif /* NOT_USED */

m4/Makefile.am

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in   -*-Makefile-*-
+
+##m4-files-begin
+EXTRA_DIST = README Makefile.am.in aclocal-include.m4 malloc.m4 openssl.m4 \
+perl.m4 realloc.m4 tuntap.m4 zlib.m4
+
+##m4-files-end
+
+Makefile.am: Makefile.am.in
+	rm -f $@ $@t
+	sed -n '1,/^##m4-files-begin/p' $< > $@t
+	( echo EXTRA_DIST = README Makefile.am.in; \
+	  find . -type f -name '*.m4' -print |sed 's,^\./,,' |sort ) \
+	  |fmt | (tr '\012' @; echo) \
+	      |sed 's/@$$/%/;s/@/ \\@/g' |tr @% '\012\012' \
+	        >> $@t
+	sed -n '/^##m4-files-end/,$$p' $< >> $@t
+	chmod a-w $@t
+	mv $@t $@

m4/Makefile.am.in

@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in   -*-Makefile-*-
+
+##m4-files-begin
+##m4-files-end
+
+Makefile.am: Makefile.am.in
+	rm -f $@ $@t
+	sed -n '1,/^##m4-files-begin/p' $< > $@t
+	( echo EXTRA_DIST = README Makefile.am.in; \
+	  find . -type f -name '*.m4' -print |sed 's,^\./,,' |sort ) \
+	  |fmt | (tr '\012' @; echo) \
+	      |sed 's/@$$/%/;s/@/ \\@/g' |tr @% '\012\012' \
+	        >> $@t
+	sed -n '/^##m4-files-end/,$$p' $< >> $@t
+	chmod a-w $@t
+	mv $@t $@

m4/Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
+# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.5 from Makefile.am.
+
+# Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+@SET_MAKE@
+
+SHELL = @SHELL@
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+
+bindir = @bindir@
+sbindir = @sbindir@
+libexecdir = @libexecdir@
+datadir = @datadir@
+sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
+sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
+localstatedir = @localstatedir@
+libdir = @libdir@
+infodir = @infodir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+oldincludedir = /usr/include
+pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
+top_builddir = ..
+
+ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
+transform = @program_transform_name@
+NORMAL_INSTALL = :
+PRE_INSTALL = :
+POST_INSTALL = :
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
+PRE_UNINSTALL = :
+POST_UNINSTALL = :
+host_alias = @host_alias@
+host_triplet = @host@
+AMTAR = @AMTAR@
+AWK = @AWK@
+BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
+CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
+CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@
+CC = @CC@
+CPP = @CPP@
+DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@
+DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
+EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
+GENCAT = @GENCAT@
+GLIBC21 = @GLIBC21@
+GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
+GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
+HAVE_TUNTAP = @HAVE_TUNTAP@
+INCLUDES = @INCLUDES@
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
+INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@
+INTLBISON = @INTLBISON@
+INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
+INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@
+INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@
+LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
+LINUX_IF_TUN_H = @LINUX_IF_TUN_H@
+LN_S = @LN_S@
+MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
+MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
+OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+PERL = @PERL@
+POFILES = @POFILES@
+POSUB = @POSUB@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
+USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+am__include = @am__include@
+am__quote = @am__quote@
+install_sh = @install_sh@
+
+EXTRA_DIST = README Makefile.am.in aclocal-include.m4 malloc.m4 openssl.m4 \
+perl.m4 realloc.m4 tuntap.m4 zlib.m4
+
+subdir = m4
+mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
+CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
+DIST_SOURCES =
+DIST_COMMON = README Makefile.am Makefile.in
+all: all-am
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in:  Makefile.am  $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4)
+	cd $(top_srcdir) && \
+	  $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu  m4/Makefile
+Makefile:  $(srcdir)/Makefile.in  $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	cd $(top_builddir) && \
+	  CONFIG_HEADERS= CONFIG_LINKS= \
+	  CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ $(SHELL) ./config.status
+uninstall-info-am:
+tags: TAGS
+TAGS:
+
+
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+
+top_distdir = ..
+distdir = $(top_distdir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
+
+distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+	@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
+	  if test -f $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+	  dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
+	  if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \
+	    $(mkinstalldirs) "$(distdir)/$$dir"; \
+	  fi; \
+	  if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+	    cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir) \
+	    || exit 1; \
+	  else \
+	    test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
+	    || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
+	    || exit 1; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+check-am: all-am
+check: check-am
+all-am: Makefile
+
+installdirs:
+
+install: install-am
+install-exec: install-exec-am
+install-data: install-data-am
+uninstall: uninstall-am
+
+install-am: all-am
+	@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+
+installcheck: installcheck-am
+install-strip:
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
+	  `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
+	    echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
+mostlyclean-generic:
+
+clean-generic:
+
+distclean-generic:
+	-rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]*
+
+maintainer-clean-generic:
+	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
+	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+clean: clean-am
+
+clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-am
+
+distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic
+
+dvi: dvi-am
+
+dvi-am:
+
+info: info-am
+
+info-am:
+
+install-data-am:
+
+install-exec-am:
+
+install-info: install-info-am
+
+install-man:
+
+installcheck-am:
+
+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
+
+maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
+
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
+
+mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic
+
+uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am
+
+.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic distclean \
+	distclean-generic distdir dvi dvi-am info info-am install \
+	install-am install-data install-data-am install-exec \
+	install-exec-am install-info install-info-am install-man \
+	install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \
+	maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \
+	mostlyclean-generic uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-info-am
+
+
+Makefile.am: Makefile.am.in
+	rm -f $@ $@t
+	sed -n '1,/^##m4-files-begin/p' $< > $@t
+	( echo EXTRA_DIST = README Makefile.am.in; \
+	  find . -type f -name '*.m4' -print |sed 's,^\./,,' |sort ) \
+	  |fmt | (tr '\012' @; echo) \
+	      |sed 's/@$$/%/;s/@/ \\@/g' |tr @% '\012\012' \
+	        >> $@t
+	sed -n '/^##m4-files-end/,$$p' $< >> $@t
+	chmod a-w $@t
+	mv $@t $@
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:

m4/README

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+These files are used by a program called aclocal (part of the GNU automake
+package).  aclocal uses these files to create aclocal.m4 which is in turn
+used by autoconf to create the configure script at the the top level in
+this distribution.
+
+The Makefile.am file in this directory is automatically generated
+from the template file, Makefile.am.in.  The generation will fail
+if you don't have all the right tools.

m4/aclocal-include.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+# aclocal-include.m4
+# 
+# This macro adds the name macrodir to the set of directories
+# that `aclocal' searches for macros.  
+
+# serial 1
+
+dnl AM_ACLOCAL_INCLUDE(macrodir)
+AC_DEFUN([AM_ACLOCAL_INCLUDE],
+[
+	test -n "$ACLOCAL_FLAGS" && ACLOCAL="$ACLOCAL $ACLOCAL_FLAGS"
+
+	for k in $1 ; do ACLOCAL="$ACLOCAL -I $k" ; done
+])

m4/malloc.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+#serial 1
+
+dnl From Jim Meyering.
+dnl Determine whether malloc accepts 0 as its argument.
+dnl If it doesn't, arrange to use the replacement function.
+dnl
+dnl If you use this macro in a package, you should
+dnl add the following two lines to acconfig.h:
+dnl  /* Define to rpl_malloc if the replacement function should be used.  */
+dnl  #undef malloc
+dnl
+
+AC_DEFUN(jm_FUNC_MALLOC,
+[
+ if test x = y; then
+   dnl This code is deliberately never run via ./configure.
+   dnl FIXME: this is a gross hack to make autoheader put an entry
+   dnl for this symbol in config.h.in.
+   AC_CHECK_FUNCS(DONE_WORKING_MALLOC_CHECK)
+ fi
+ dnl xmalloc.c requires that this symbol be defined so it doesn't
+ dnl mistakenly use a broken malloc -- as it might if this test were omitted.
+ ac_kludge=HAVE_DONE_WORKING_MALLOC_CHECK
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED($ac_kludge)
+
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for working malloc], jm_cv_func_working_malloc,
+  [AC_TRY_RUN([
+    char *malloc ();
+    int
+    main ()
+    {
+      exit (malloc (0) ? 0 : 1);
+    }
+	  ],
+	 jm_cv_func_working_malloc=yes,
+	 jm_cv_func_working_malloc=no,
+	 dnl When crosscompiling, assume malloc is broken.
+	 jm_cv_func_working_malloc=no)
+  ])
+  if test $jm_cv_func_working_malloc = no; then
+    LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS malloc.o"
+    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(malloc, rpl_malloc)
+  fi
+])

m4/openssl.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+dnl Check to find the OpenSSL headers/libraries
+
+AC_DEFUN(tinc_OPENSSL,
+[
+  tinc_ac_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
+
+  AC_ARG_WITH(openssl-include,
+    [  --with-openssl-include=DIR  OpenSSL headers directory (without trailing /openssl)],
+    [openssl_include="$withval"
+     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -I$withval"
+     CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I$withval"]
+  )
+
+  AC_ARG_WITH(openssl-lib,
+    [  --with-openssl-lib=DIR  OpenSSL library directory],
+    [openssl_lib="$withval"
+     LIBS="$LIBS -L$withval"]
+  )
+
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(openssl/evp.h openssl/rsa.h openssl/rand.h openssl/err.h openssl/sha.h openssl/pem.h,
+    [],
+    [AC_MSG_ERROR("OpenSSL header files not found."); break]
+  )
+
+  CPPFLAGS="$tinc_ac_save_CPPFLAGS"
+
+  AC_CHECK_LIB(crypto, SHA1_version,
+    [LIBS="$LIBS -lcrypto"],
+    [AC_MSG_ERROR("OpenSSL libraries not found.")]
+  )
+
+  AC_CHECK_FUNCS(RAND_pseudo_bytes)
+
+  AC_CHECK_FUNC(OpenSSL_add_all_algorithms,
+    [],
+    AC_CHECK_FUNC(SSLeay_add_all_algorithms,
+      [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SSLEAY_ADD_ALL_ALGORITHMS)],
+      [AC_MSG_ERROR("Missing required OpenSSL functionality!")]
+    )
+  )
+
+  AC_CHECK_FUNC(dlopen,
+    [],
+    AC_CHECK_LIB(dl, dlopen,
+      [LIBS="$LIBS -ldl"],
+      [AC_MSG_ERROR("OpenSSL depends on libdl.")]
+    )
+  )
+])

m4/perl.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+#serial 1
+
+dnl From Jim Meyering.
+dnl Find a new-enough version of Perl.
+dnl
+
+AC_DEFUN(jm_PERL,
+[
+  dnl FIXME: don't hard-code 5.003
+  dnl FIXME: should we cache the result?
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for perl5.003 or newer])
+  if test "${PERL+set}" = set; then
+    # `PERL' is set in the user's environment.
+    candidate_perl_names="$PERL"
+    perl_specified=yes
+  else
+    candidate_perl_names='perl perl5'
+    perl_specified=no
+  fi
+
+  found=no
+  AC_SUBST(PERL)
+  PERL="$missing_dir/missing perl"
+  for perl in $candidate_perl_names; do
+    # Run test in a subshell; some versions of sh will print an error if
+    # an executable is not found, even if stderr is redirected.
+    if ( $perl -e 'require 5.003' ) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+      PERL=$perl
+      found=yes
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+
+  AC_MSG_RESULT($found)
+  test $found = no && AC_MSG_WARN([
+*** You don't seem to have perl5.003 or newer installed.
+*** Because of that, you may be unable to regenerate certain files
+*** if you modify the sources from which they are derived.] )
+])

m4/realloc.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+#serial 1
+
+dnl From Jim Meyering.
+dnl Determine whether realloc works when both arguments are 0.
+dnl If it doesn't, arrange to use the replacement function.
+dnl
+dnl If you use this macro in a package, you should
+dnl add the following two lines to acconfig.h:
+dnl  /* Define to rpl_realloc if the replacement function should be used.  */
+dnl  #undef realloc
+dnl
+
+AC_DEFUN(jm_FUNC_REALLOC,
+[
+ if test x = y; then
+   dnl This code is deliberately never run via ./configure.
+   dnl FIXME: this is a gross hack to make autoheader put an entry
+   dnl for this symbol in config.h.in.
+   AC_CHECK_FUNCS(DONE_WORKING_REALLOC_CHECK)
+ fi
+ dnl xmalloc.c requires that this symbol be defined so it doesn't
+ dnl mistakenly use a broken realloc -- as it might if this test were omitted.
+ ac_kludge=HAVE_DONE_WORKING_REALLOC_CHECK
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED($ac_kludge)
+
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for working realloc], jm_cv_func_working_realloc,
+  [AC_TRY_RUN([
+    char *realloc ();
+    int
+    main ()
+    {
+      exit (realloc (0, 0) ? 0 : 1);
+    }
+	  ],
+	 jm_cv_func_working_realloc=yes,
+	 jm_cv_func_working_realloc=no,
+	 dnl When crosscompiling, assume realloc is broken.
+	 jm_cv_func_working_realloc=no)
+  ])
+  if test $jm_cv_func_working_realloc = no; then
+    LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS realloc.o"
+    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(realloc, rpl_realloc)
+  fi
+])

m4/tuntap.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+dnl Check to find out whether the running kernel has support for TUN/TAP
+
+AC_DEFUN(tinc_TUNTAP,
+[
+AC_ARG_WITH(kernel,
+  [  --with-kernel=dir       give the directory with kernel sources]
+  [                        (default: /usr/src/linux)],
+  kerneldir="$withval",
+  kerneldir="/usr/src/linux"
+)
+
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([for linux/if_tun.h], tinc_cv_linux_if_tun_h,
+[ 
+  AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include "$kerneldir/include/linux/if_tun.h"],
+    [int a = IFF_TAP;],
+    if_tun_h="\"$kerneldir/include/linux/if_tun.h\"",
+    [AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <linux/if_tun.h>],
+      [int a = IFF_TAP;],
+      if_tun_h="default",
+      if_tun_h="no"
+    )]
+  )
+
+  if test $if_tun_h = no; then
+    tinc_cv_linux_if_tun_h=none
+  else
+    tinc_cv_linux_if_tun_h="$if_tun_h"
+  fi
+])
+
+if test $tinc_cv_linux_if_tun_h != none; then
+  AC_DEFINE(HAVE_TUNTAP)
+  if test $tinc_cv_linux_if_tun_h != default; then
+   AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(LINUX_IF_TUN_H, $tinc_cv_linux_if_tun_h)
+  fi
+fi
+AC_SUBST(LINUX_IF_TUN_H)
+AC_SUBST(HAVE_TUNTAP)
+])